CVS log for src/sys/conf/options
![[BACK]](/gifs/back.gif){kind=small}
Up to [FreeBSD] / src / sys / conf
Request diff between arbitrary revisions
Keyword substitution: kv
Default branch: MAIN
Revision 1.751: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 31 00:03:49 2012 UTC (9 days, 22 hours ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: HEAD
Diff to: previous 1.750: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.750: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 230793 on 2012-01-31 00:03:49Z by adrian Add a DFS debugging mode which is useful when doing automated DFS compliance testing. In order to allow for radar pattern matching to occur, the DFS CAC/NOL handling needs to be made configurable. This commit introduces a new sysctl, "net.wlan.dfs_debug", which controls which DFS debug mode net80211 is in. * 0 = default, CSA/NOL handling as per normal. * 1 = announce a CSA, but don't add the channel to the non-occupy list (NOL.) * 2 = disable both CSA and NOL - only print that a radar event occured. This code is not compiled/enabled by default as it breaks regulatory handling. A user must enable IEEE80211_DFS_DEBUG in their kernel configuration file for this option to become available. Obtained from: Atheros
Revision 1.750: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 16 05:07:32 2012 UTC (3 weeks, 3 days ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.749: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.749: +4 -4 lines
SVN rev 230195 on 2012-01-16 05:07:32Z by adrian Stop overloading opt_global.h.
Revision 1.749: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 15 19:30:32 2012 UTC (3 weeks, 4 days ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.748: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.748: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 230149 on 2012-01-15 19:30:32Z by adrian Add the new option introduced in the previous commit.
Revision 1.608.2.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 9 18:33:54 2012 UTC (4 weeks, 3 days ago) by yongari
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.16: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.609: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.16: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 229860 on 2012-01-09 18:33:54Z by yongari
MFC r210522,213489,218423,218527:
r210522:
Fix an apparent typo.
r213489:
Add the capability to read the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_dump
Add the capability to write the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_write
These are only available if the kernel option BCE_DEBUG is enabled.
The nvram_write sysctl also requires the kernel option
BCE_NVRAM_WRITE_SUPPORT to be enabled. These are to be used at your
own caution. Since the MAC addresses are stored in the NVRAM, if you
dump one NIC and restore it on another NIC the destination NIC's
MAC addresses will not be preserved. A tool can be made using these
sysctl's to manage the on-chip firmware.
r218423:
- Added systcls for header splitting, RX/TX buffer count, interrupt
coalescing, strict RX MTU, verbose output, and shared memory debug.
- Added additional debug counters (VLAN tags and split header frames).
- Updated debug counters to 64 bit definitions.
- Updated l2fhdr bit definitions.
- Combined RX buffer sizing into a single function.
- Added buffer size and interrupt coalescing settings to adapter info
printout.
r218527:
- Added error checking to nvram read functions.
- Minor style updates.
Revision 1.687.2.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 9 18:32:45 2012 UTC (4 weeks, 3 days ago) by yongari
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.16: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.688: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.16: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 229859 on 2012-01-09 18:32:45Z by yongari
MFC r210522,213489,218423,218527:
r210522:
Fix an apparent typo.
r213489:
Add the capability to read the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_dump
Add the capability to write the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_write
These are only available if the kernel option BCE_DEBUG is enabled.
The nvram_write sysctl also requires the kernel option
BCE_NVRAM_WRITE_SUPPORT to be enabled. These are to be used at your
own caution. Since the MAC addresses are stored in the NVRAM, if you
dump one NIC and restore it on another NIC the destination NIC's
MAC addresses will not be preserved. A tool can be made using these
sysctl's to manage the on-chip firmware.
r218423:
- Added systcls for header splitting, RX/TX buffer count, interrupt
coalescing, strict RX MTU, verbose output, and shared memory debug.
- Added additional debug counters (VLAN tags and split header frames).
- Updated debug counters to 64 bit definitions.
- Updated l2fhdr bit definitions.
- Combined RX buffer sizing into a single function.
- Added buffer size and interrupt coalescing settings to adapter info
printout.
r218527:
- Added error checking to nvram read functions.
- Minor style updates.
Revision 1.748: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 4 23:39:11 2012 UTC (5 weeks ago) by ray
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.747: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.747: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 229537 on 2012-01-04 23:39:11Z by ray GEOM_UNCOMPRESS module, can be used with uzip images and with new ulzma images. Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Revision 1.608.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 3 21:21:25 2012 UTC (5 weeks, 2 days ago) by yongari
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.15: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 229434 on 2012-01-03 21:21:25Z by yongari MFC r227347,227367: r227347: Retire 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS' and replace local jumbo allocator with UMA backed jumbo allocator by default. Previously ti(4) used sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers but it was broken at this moment such that enabling jumbo frame caused instant panic. Due to the nature of sf_buf(9) it heavily relies on VM changes but it seems ti(4) was not received much blessing from VM gurus. I don't understand VM magic and implications used in driver either. Switching to UMA backed jumbo allocator like other network drivers will make jumbo frame work on ti(4). While I'm here, fully allocate all RX buffers. This means ti(4) now uses 512 RX buffer and 1024 mini RX buffers. To use sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers, introduce a new 'options TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO'. If it is proven that sf_buf(9) is better for jumbo buffers, interesting developers can fix the issue in future. ti(4) still needs more bus_dma(9) cleanups and should use separate DMA tag/map for each ring(standard, jumbo, mini, command, event etc) but it should work on all platforms except PAE. Special thanks to Jay[1] who provided complete remote debugging access. r227367: Comment out TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT. TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT requires TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO.
Revision 1.687.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 3 21:17:59 2012 UTC (5 weeks, 2 days ago) by yongari
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.15: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 229433 on 2012-01-03 21:17:59Z by yongari MFC r227347,227367: r227347: Retire 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS' and replace local jumbo allocator with UMA backed jumbo allocator by default. Previously ti(4) used sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers but it was broken at this moment such that enabling jumbo frame caused instant panic. Due to the nature of sf_buf(9) it heavily relies on VM changes but it seems ti(4) was not received much blessing from VM gurus. I don't understand VM magic and implications used in driver either. Switching to UMA backed jumbo allocator like other network drivers will make jumbo frame work on ti(4). While I'm here, fully allocate all RX buffers. This means ti(4) now uses 512 RX buffer and 1024 mini RX buffers. To use sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers, introduce a new 'options TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO'. If it is proven that sf_buf(9) is better for jumbo buffers, interesting developers can fix the issue in future. ti(4) still needs more bus_dma(9) cleanups and should use separate DMA tag/map for each ring(standard, jumbo, mini, command, event etc) but it should work on all platforms except PAE. Special thanks to Jay[1] who provided complete remote debugging access. r227367: Comment out TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT. TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT requires TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO.
Revision 1.741.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 3 21:16:00 2012 UTC (5 weeks, 2 days ago) by yongari
Branches: RELENG_9
Diff to: previous 1.741.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.741: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.742: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.741.2.1: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 229432 on 2012-01-03 21:16:00Z by yongari MFC r227347,227367: r227347: Retire 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS' and replace local jumbo allocator with UMA backed jumbo allocator by default. Previously ti(4) used sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers but it was broken at this moment such that enabling jumbo frame caused instant panic. Due to the nature of sf_buf(9) it heavily relies on VM changes but it seems ti(4) was not received much blessing from VM gurus. I don't understand VM magic and implications used in driver either. Switching to UMA backed jumbo allocator like other network drivers will make jumbo frame work on ti(4). While I'm here, fully allocate all RX buffers. This means ti(4) now uses 512 RX buffer and 1024 mini RX buffers. To use sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers, introduce a new 'options TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO'. If it is proven that sf_buf(9) is better for jumbo buffers, interesting developers can fix the issue in future. ti(4) still needs more bus_dma(9) cleanups and should use separate DMA tag/map for each ring(standard, jumbo, mini, command, event etc) but it should work on all platforms except PAE. Special thanks to Jay[1] who provided complete remote debugging access. r227367: Comment out TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT. TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT requires TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO.
Revision 1.747: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 24 07:32:52 2011 UTC (2 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.746: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.746: +2 -1 lines
SVN rev 227924 on 2011-11-24 07:32:52Z by adrian Introduce a new (global, sorry!) option which controls whether the ar71xx platform code should assume a uboot or redboot environment. The current code gets very confused (and just crashes) on a uboot environment, where each attribute=value pair is in a single entry. Redboot on the other hand stores it as "attribute", "value", "attribute", "value", ... This allows the kernel to boot on a TP-LINK TL-WR1043ND from flash, where the uboot environment gets setup. This didn't show up during a netboot as "tftpboot" and "go" don't setup the uboot environment variables.
Revision 1.746: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 22 21:50:38 2011 UTC (2 months, 2 weeks ago) by luigi
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.745: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.745: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 227845 on 2011-11-22 21:50:38Z by luigi forgot to merge NETMAP entries in sys/conf !
Revision 1.745: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 19 14:10:16 2011 UTC (2 months, 3 weeks ago) by lstewart
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.744: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.744: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 227723 on 2011-11-19 14:10:16Z by lstewart Core structure and functions to support a feed-forward clock within the kernel. Implement ffcounter, a monotonically increasing cumulative counter on top of the active timecounter. Provide low-level functions to read the ffcounter and convert it to absolute time or a time interval in seconds using the current ffclock estimates, which track the drift of the oscillator. Add a ring of fftimehands to track passing of time on each kernel tick and pick up updates of ffclock estimates. Committed on behalf of Julien Ridoux and Darryl Veitch from the University of Melbourne, Australia, as part of the FreeBSD Foundation funded "Feed-Forward Clock Synchronization Algorithms" project. For more information, see http://www.synclab.org/radclock/ Submitted by: Julien Ridoux (jridoux at unimelb edu au)
Revision 1.741.2.1.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 11 04:20:22 2011 UTC (2 months, 4 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_9_0
CVS tags: RELENG_9_0_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.741.2.1: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.741.2.2: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.741.2.1: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 227445 on 2011-11-11 04:20:22Z by kensmith Copy stable/9 to releng/9.0 as part of the FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE release cycle. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.744: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 8 18:23:02 2011 UTC (3 months ago) by yongari
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.743: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.743: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 227347 on 2011-11-08 18:23:02Z by yongari Retire 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS' and replace local jumbo allocator with UMA backed jumbo allocator by default. Previously ti(4) used sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers but it was broken at this moment such that enabling jumbo frame caused instant panic. Due to the nature of sf_buf(9) it heavily relies on VM changes but it seems ti(4) was not received much blessing from VM gurus. I don't understand VM magic and implications used in driver either. Switching to UMA backed jumbo allocator like other network drivers will make jumbo frame work on ti(4). While I'm here, fully allocate all RX buffers. This means ti(4) now uses 512 RX buffer and 1024 mini RX buffers. To use sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers, introduce a new 'options TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO'. If it is proven that sf_buf(9) is better for jumbo buffers, interesting developers can fix the issue in future. ti(4) still needs more bus_dma(9) cleanups and should use separate DMA tag/map for each ring(standard, jumbo, mini, command, event etc) but it should work on all platforms except PAE. Special thanks to Jay[1] who provided complete remote debugging access. Tested by: Jay Borkenhagen <jayb <> braeburn dot org > [1]
Revision 1.743: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 8 10:18:07 2011 UTC (3 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.742: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.742: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 227333 on 2011-11-08 10:18:07Z by attilio Introduce the option VFS_ALLOW_NONMPSAFE and turn it on by default on all the architectures. The option allows to mount non-MPSAFE filesystem. Without it, the kernel will refuse to mount a non-MPSAFE filesytem. This patch is part of the effort of killing non-MPSAFE filesystems from the tree. No MFC is expected for this patch. Tested by: gianni Reviewed by: kib
Revision 1.742: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 6 08:10:41 2011 UTC (3 months ago) by fjoe
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.741: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.741: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 227151 on 2011-11-06 08:10:41Z by fjoe Add KLD_DEBUG option.
Revision 1.741.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 23 00:51:37 2011 UTC (4 months, 2 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_9
CVS tags: RELENG_9_0_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_9_0
Diff to: previous 1.741: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.741: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 225736 on 2011-09-23 00:51:37Z by kensmith Copy head to stable/9 as part of 9.0-RELEASE release cycle. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.687.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Sep 19 11:08:31 2011 UTC (4 months, 3 weeks ago) by attilio
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.14: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 225663 on 2011-09-19 11:08:31Z by attilio MFC r225448: Improve busy buffers diagnostic on shutdown path.
Revision 1.741: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 8 12:56:26 2011 UTC (5 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_9_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_9
Diff to: previous 1.740: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.740: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 225448 on 2011-09-08 12:56:26Z by attilio Improve the informations reported in case of busy buffers during the shutdown: - Axe out the SHOW_BUSYBUFS option and uses a tunable for selectively enable/disable it, which is defaulted for not printing anything (0 value) but can be changed for printing (1 value) and be verbose (2 value) - Improves the informations outputed: right now, there is no track of the actual struct buf object or vnode which are referenced by the shutdown process, but it is printed the related struct bufobj object which is not really helpful - Add more verbosity about the state of the struct buf lock and the vnode informations, with the latter to be activated separately by the sysctl Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated Reviewed by: emaste, kib Approved by: re (ksmith) MFC after: 10 days
Revision 1.740: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 27 14:24:27 2011 UTC (5 months, 2 weeks ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.739: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.739: +2 -3 lines
SVN rev 225214 on 2011-08-27 14:24:27Z by rwatson
Follow up to r225203 refining break-to-debugger run-time configuration
improvements:
(1) Implement new model in previously missed at91 UART driver
(2) Move BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER and ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER from opt_comconsole.h
to opt_kdb.h (spotted by np)
(3) Garbage collect now-unused opt_comconsole.h
MFC after: 3 weeks
Approved by: re (bz)
Revision 1.739: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 18 22:51:30 2011 UTC (5 months, 3 weeks ago) by jonathan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.738: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.738: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 224987 on 2011-08-18 22:51:30Z by jonathan Add experimental support for process descriptors A "process descriptor" file descriptor is used to manage processes without using the PID namespace. This is required for Capsicum's Capability Mode, where the PID namespace is unavailable. New system calls pdfork(2) and pdkill(2) offer the functional equivalents of fork(2) and kill(2). pdgetpid(2) allows querying the PID of the remote process for debugging purposes. The currently-unimplemented pdwait(2) will, in the future, allow querying rusage/exit status. In the interim, poll(2) may be used to check (and wait for) process termination. When a process is referenced by a process descriptor, it does not issue SIGCHLD to the parent, making it suitable for use in libraries---a common scenario when using library compartmentalisation from within large applications (such as web browsers). Some observers may note a similarity to Mach task ports; process descriptors provide a subset of this behaviour, but in a UNIX style. This feature is enabled by "options PROCDESC", but as with several other Capsicum kernel features, is not enabled by default in GENERIC 9.0. Reviewed by: jhb, kib Approved by: re (kib), mentor (rwatson) Sponsored by: Google Inc
Revision 1.738: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 25 09:12:48 2011 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by avg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.737: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.737: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 224307 on 2011-07-25 09:12:48Z by avg remove RESTARTABLE_PANICS option This is done per request/suggestion from John Baldwin who introduced the option. Trying to resume normal system operation after a panic is very unpredictable and dangerous. It will become even more dangerous when we allow a thread in panic(9) to penetrate all lock contexts. I understand that the only purpose of this option was for testing scenarios potentially resulting in panic. Suggested by: jhb Reviewed by: attilio, jhb X-MFC-After: never Approved by: re (kib)
Revision 1.737: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 19 00:37:24 2011 UTC (6 months, 3 weeks ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.736: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.736: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 224207 on 2011-07-19 00:37:24Z by attilio Add the possibility to specify from kernel configs MAXCPU value. This patch is going to help in cases like mips flavours where you want a more granular support on MAXCPU. No MFC is previewed for this patch. Tested by: pluknet Approved by: re (kib)
Revision 1.736: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 14 14:18:14 2011 UTC (6 months, 3 weeks ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.735: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.735: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 224016 on 2011-07-14 14:18:14Z by bz Remove semaphore map entry count "semmap" field and its tuning option that is highly recommended to be adjusted in too much documentation while doing nothing in FreeBSD since r2729 (rev 1.1). ipcs(1) needs to be recompiled as it is accessing _KERNEL private variables. Reviewed by: jhb (before comment change on linux code) Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Revision 1.735: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 7 10:37:14 2011 UTC (7 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.734: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.734: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 223839 on 2011-07-07 10:37:14Z by andre Remove the TCP_SORECEIVE_STREAM compile time option. The use of soreceive_stream() for TCP still has to be enabled with the loader tuneable net.inet.tcp.soreceive_stream. Suggested by: trociny and others
Revision 1.734: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 2 15:41:22 2011 UTC (7 months, 1 week ago) by jonathan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.733: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.733: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 223723 on 2011-07-02 15:41:22Z by jonathan Define the CAPABILITIES kernel option. This option will enable Capsicum capabilities, which provide a fine-grained mask on operations that can be performed on file descriptors. Approved by: mentor (rwatson), re (Capsicum blanket ok) Sponsored by: Google Inc
Revision 1.687.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 29 15:58:26 2011 UTC (7 months, 1 week ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.13: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 223674 on 2011-06-29 15:58:26Z by jhb MFC 221393,222930: Reimplement how PCI-PCI bridges manage their I/O windows. Previously the driver would verify that requests for child devices were confined to any existing I/O windows, but the driver relied on the firmware to initialize the windows and would never grow the windows for new requests. Now the driver actively manages the I/O windows. This is implemented by allocating a bus resource for each I/O window from the parent PCI bus and suballocating that resource to child devices. The suballocations are managed by creating an rman for each I/O window. The suballocated resources are mapped by passing the bus_activate_resource() call up to the parent PCI bus. Windows are grown when needed by using bus_adjust_resource() to adjust the resource allocated from the parent PCI bus. If the adjust request succeeds, the window is adjusted and the suballocation request for the child device is retried. When growing a window, the rman_first_free_region() and rman_last_free_region() routines are used to determine if the front or end of the existing I/O window is free. From using that, the smallest ranges that need to be added to either the front or back of the window are computed. The driver will first try to grow the window in whichever direction requires the smallest growth first followed by the other direction if that fails. Subtractive bridges will first attempt to satisfy requests for child resources from I/O windows (including attempts to grow the windows). If that fails, the request is passed up to the parent PCI bus directly however. The PCI-PCI bridge driver will try to use firmware-assigned ranges for child BARs first and only allocate a "fresh" range if that specific range cannot be accommodated in the I/O window. This allows systems where the firmware assigns resources during boot but later wipes the I/O windows (some ACPI BIOSen are known to do this) to "rediscover" the original I/O window ranges. The ACPI Host-PCI bridge driver has been adjusted to correctly honor hw.acpi.host_mem_start and the I/O port equivalent when a PCI-PCI bridge makes a wildcard request for an I/O window range. The new PCI-PCI bridge driver is only enabled if the NEW_PCIB kernel option is enabled.
Revision 1.733: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 29 13:03:05 2011 UTC (7 months, 1 week ago) by jonathan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.732: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.732: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 223668 on 2011-06-29 13:03:05Z by jonathan We may split today's CAPABILITIES into CAPABILITY_MODE (which has to do with global namespaces) and CAPABILITIES (which has to do with constraining file descriptors). Just in case, and because it's a better name anyway, let's move CAPABILITIES out of the way. Also, change opt_capabilities.h to opt_capsicum.h; for now, this will only hold CAPABILITY_MODE, but it will probably also hold the new CAPABILITIES (implying constrained file descriptors) in the future. Approved by: rwatson Sponsored by: Google UK Ltd
Revision 1.732: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 26 13:43:15 2011 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.731: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.731: +2 -1 lines
SVN rev 223567 on 2011-06-26 13:43:15Z by adrian Add ATH_ENABLE_DFS which enables the DFS flag so the DFS code can be tested. This doesn't at all actually do radar detection! It's just so developers who wish to test the net80211 DFS code can easily do so. Without this flag, the DFS channels are never marked DFS and thus the DFS stuff doesn't run.
Revision 1.687.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 17 06:59:49 2011 UTC (7 months, 3 weeks ago) by mav
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.12: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 223177 on 2011-06-17 06:59:49Z by mav MFC r219974, r220209, r220210, r220790: Add new RAID GEOM class, that is going to replace ataraid(4) in supporting various BIOS-based software RAIDs. Unlike ataraid(4) this implementation does not depend on legacy ata(4) subsystem and can be used with any disk drivers, including new CAM-based ones (ahci(4), siis(4), mvs(4), ata(4) with `options ATA_CAM`). To make code more readable and extensible, this implementation follows modular design, including core part and two sets of modules, implementing support for different metadata formats and RAID levels. Support for such popular metadata formats is now implemented: Intel, JMicron, NVIDIA, Promise (also used by AMD/ATI) and SiliconImage. Such RAID levels are now supported: RAID0, RAID1, RAID1E, RAID10, SINGLE, CONCAT. For all of these RAID levels and metadata formats this class supports full cycle of volume operations: reading, writing, creation, deletion, disk removal and insertion, rebuilding, dirty shutdown detection and resynchronization, bad sector recovery, faulty disks tracking, hot-spare disks. For Intel and Promise formats there is support multiple volumes per disk set. Look graid(8) manual page for additional details. Co-authored by: imp Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. and iXsystems, Inc.
Revision 1.731: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 6 12:55:02 2011 UTC (8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.730: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.730: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 222748 on 2011-06-06 12:55:02Z by rwatson Implement a CPU-affine TCP and UDP connection lookup data structure, struct inpcbgroup. pcbgroups, or "connection groups", supplement the existing inpcbinfo connection hash table, which when pcbgroups are enabled, might now be thought of more usefully as a per-protocol 4-tuple reservation table. Connections are assigned to connection groups base on a hash of their 4-tuple; wildcard sockets require special handling, and are members of all connection groups. During a connection lookup, a per-connection group lock is employed rather than the global pcbinfo lock. By aligning connection groups with input path processing, connection groups take on an effective CPU affinity, especially when aligned with RSS work placement (see a forthcoming commit for details). This eliminates cache line migration associated with global, protocol-layer data structures in steady state TCP and UDP processing (with the exception of protocol-layer statistics; further commit to follow). Elements of this approach were inspired by Willman, Rixner, and Cox's 2006 USENIX paper, "An Evaluation of Network Stack Parallelization Strategies in Modern Operating Systems". However, there are also significant differences: we maintain the inpcb lock, rather than using the connection group lock for per-connection state. Likewise, the focus of this implementation is alignment with NIC packet distribution strategies such as RSS, rather than pure software strategies. Despite that focus, software distribution is supported through the parallel netisr implementation, and works well in configurations where the number of hardware threads is greater than the number of NIC input queues, such as in the RMI XLR threaded MIPS architecture. Another important difference is the continued maintenance of existing hash tables as "reservation tables" -- these are useful both to distinguish the resource allocation aspect of protocol name management and the more common-case lookup aspect. In configurations where connection tables are aligned with hardware hashes, it is desirable to use the traditional lookup tables for loopback or encapsulated traffic rather than take the expense of hardware hashes that are hard to implement efficiently in software (such as RSS Toeplitz). Connection group support is enabled by compiling "options PCBGROUP" into your kernel configuration; for the time being, this is an experimental feature, and hence is not enabled by default. Subject to the limited MFCability of change dependencies in inpcb, and its change to the inpcbinfo init function signature, this change in principle could be merged to FreeBSD 8.x. Reviewed by: bz Sponsored by: Juniper Networks, Inc.
Revision 1.730: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 3 17:37:24 2011 UTC (9 months, 1 week ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.729: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.729: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 221393 on 2011-05-03 17:37:24Z by jhb Reimplement how PCI-PCI bridges manage their I/O windows. Previously the driver would verify that requests for child devices were confined to any existing I/O windows, but the driver relied on the firmware to initialize the windows and would never grow the windows for new requests. Now the driver actively manages the I/O windows. This is implemented by allocating a bus resource for each I/O window from the parent PCI bus and suballocating that resource to child devices. The suballocations are managed by creating an rman for each I/O window. The suballocated resources are mapped by passing the bus_activate_resource() call up to the parent PCI bus. Windows are grown when needed by using bus_adjust_resource() to adjust the resource allocated from the parent PCI bus. If the adjust request succeeds, the window is adjusted and the suballocation request for the child device is retried. When growing a window, the rman_first_free_region() and rman_last_free_region() routines are used to determine if the front or end of the existing I/O window is free. From using that, the smallest ranges that need to be added to either the front or back of the window are computed. The driver will first try to grow the window in whichever direction requires the smallest growth first followed by the other direction if that fails. Subtractive bridges will first attempt to satisfy requests for child resources from I/O windows (including attempts to grow the windows). If that fails, the request is passed up to the parent PCI bus directly however. The PCI-PCI bridge driver will try to use firmware-assigned ranges for child BARs first and only allocate a "fresh" range if that specific range cannot be accommodated in the I/O window. This allows systems where the firmware assigns resources during boot but later wipes the I/O windows (some ACPI BIOSen are known to do this) to "rediscover" the original I/O window ranges. The ACPI Host-PCI bridge driver has been adjusted to correctly honor hw.acpi.host_mem_start and the I/O port equivalent when a PCI-PCI bridge makes a wildcard request for an I/O window range. The new PCI-PCI bridge driver is only enabled if the NEW_PCIB kernel option is enabled. This is a transition aide to allow platforms that do not yet support bus_activate_resource() and bus_adjust_resource() in their Host-PCI bridge drivers (and possibly other drivers as needed) to use the old driver for now. Once all platforms support the new driver, the kernel option and old driver will be removed. PR: kern/143874 kern/149306 Tested by: mav
Revision 1.729: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 2 05:39:43 2011 UTC (9 months, 1 week ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.728: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.728: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 221312 on 2011-05-02 05:39:43Z by adrian Add documentation to sys/conf/options pointing out that AH_SUPPORT_AR9130 shouldn't be enabled by default unless you're truely building for the AR913x platform.
Revision 1.728: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 29 18:26:17 2011 UTC (9 months, 1 week ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.727: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.727: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 221215 on 2011-04-29 18:26:17Z by jhb Add the AH_SUPPORT_AR9130 option.
Revision 1.727: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 21 03:59:37 2011 UTC (9 months, 3 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.726: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.726: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 220908 on 2011-04-21 03:59:37Z by adrian Implement very basic ALQ logging for net80211. This is destined to be a lightweight and optional set of ALQ probes for debugging events which are just impossible to debug with printf/log (eg packet TX/RX handling; AMPDU handling.) The probes and operations themselves will appear in subsequent commits.
Revision 1.687.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 19 16:23:07 2011 UTC (9 months, 3 weeks ago) by mav
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.11: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 220841 on 2011-04-19 16:23:07Z by mav MFC r220412, r220414, r220454, r220618, r220814: - Make ada(4) driver to control device write cache, same as ata(4) does. Add kern.cam.ada.write_cache sysctl/tunable to control it alike hw.ata.wc. - Add kern.cam.ada.X.write_cache tunables/sysctls to control write caching on per-device basis. - While adding support for per-device sysctls, merge from graid branch support for ADA_TEST_FAILURE kernel option, which opens few more sysctl, allowing to simulate read and write errors for testing purposes.
Revision 1.726: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 8 14:42:29 2011 UTC (10 months ago) by mav
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.725: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.725: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 220454 on 2011-04-08 14:42:29Z by mav - Add kern.cam.ada.X.write_cache tunables/sysctls to control write caching on per-device basis. - While adding support for per-device sysctls, merge from graid branch support for ADA_TEST_FAILURE kernel option, which opens few more sysctl, allowing to simulate read and write errors for testing purposes.
Revision 1.725: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 31 08:48:05 2011 UTC (10 months, 1 week ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.724: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.724: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 220188 on 2011-03-31 08:48:05Z by adrian Introduce AH_AR5416_INTERRUPT_MITIGATION which enables interrupt mitigation for the AR5416 and later. Rename the older HAL option to use this.
Revision 1.724: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 30 17:48:15 2011 UTC (10 months, 1 week ago) by trasz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.723: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.723: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 220163 on 2011-03-30 17:48:15Z by trasz Add rctl. It's used by racct to take user-configurable actions based on the set of rules it maintains and the current resource usage. It also privides userland API to manage that ruleset. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: kib (earlier version)
Revision 1.723: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 29 17:47:25 2011 UTC (10 months, 1 week ago) by trasz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.722: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.722: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 220137 on 2011-03-29 17:47:25Z by trasz Add racct. It's an API to keep per-process, per-jail, per-loginclass and per-loginclass resource accounting information, to be used by the new resource limits code. It's connected to the build, but the code that actually calls the new functions will come later. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: kib (earlier version)
Revision 1.722: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 27 08:47:55 2011 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.721: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.721: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 220053 on 2011-03-27 08:47:55Z by adrian Rename AH_ENABLE_11N to ATH_ENABLE_11 - the HAL supports 11n by default but the ath driver doesn't. This is a much more consistent name.
Revision 1.721: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 27 08:44:27 2011 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.720: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.720: +6 -0 lines
SVN rev 220052 on 2011-03-27 08:44:27Z by adrian Add an option - AR71XX_REALMEM - which overrides the amount of memory detected from Redboot, or overrides the "otherwise" case if no Redboot information was found. Some AR71XX platforms don't use Redboot (eg TP-LINK devices using UBoot; some later Ubiquiti devices which apparently also use UBoot) and at least one plain out lies - the Ubiquiti LS-SR71A Redboot says there's 16mb of RAM when in fact there's 32mb. A more "clean" solution will be needed at a later date.
Revision 1.687.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 27 00:42:28 2011 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by kib
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.10: +1 -3 lines
SVN rev 220047 on 2011-03-27 00:42:28Z by kib MFC r219804: Retire opt_ffs_broken_fixme.h.
Revision 1.720: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 24 21:31:32 2011 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by mav
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.719: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.719: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 219974 on 2011-03-24 21:31:32Z by mav MFgraid/head: Add new RAID GEOM class, that is going to replace ataraid(4) in supporting various BIOS-based software RAIDs. Unlike ataraid(4) this implementation does not depend on legacy ata(4) subsystem and can be used with any disk drivers, including new CAM-based ones (ahci(4), siis(4), mvs(4), ata(4) with `options ATA_CAM`). To make code more readable and extensible, this implementation follows modular design, including core part and two sets of modules, implementing support for different metadata formats and RAID levels. Support for such popular metadata formats is now implemented: Intel, JMicron, NVIDIA, Promise (also used by AMD/ATI) and SiliconImage. Such RAID levels are now supported: RAID0, RAID1, RAID1E, RAID10, SINGLE, CONCAT. For any all of these RAID levels and metadata formats this class supports full cycle of volume operations: reading, writing, creation, deletion, disk removal and insertion, rebuilding, dirty shutdown detection and resynchronization, bad sector recovery, faulty disks tracking, hot-spare disks. For Intel and Promise formats there is support multiple volumes per disk set. Look graid(8) manual page for additional details. Co-authored by: imp Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. and iXsystems, Inc.
Revision 1.719: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 22 13:35:56 2011 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.718: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.718: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 219869 on 2011-03-22 13:35:56Z by adrian Flip this over to be a configurable option for people who wish to play with it. It's still not ready for prime-time - there's some TX niggles with these 11n cards that I'm still trying to wrap my head around, and AMPDU-TX is just not implemented so things will come to a crashing halt if you're not careful.
Revision 1.718: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 21 09:40:01 2011 UTC (10 months, 3 weeks ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.717: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.717: +8 -0 lines
SVN rev 219819 on 2011-03-21 09:40:01Z by jeff - Merge changes to the base system to support OFED. These include a wider arg2 for sysctl, updates to vlan code, IFT_INFINIBAND, and other miscellaneous small features.
Revision 1.717: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 20 21:05:09 2011 UTC (10 months, 3 weeks ago) by kib
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.716: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.716: +1 -3 lines
SVN rev 219804 on 2011-03-20 21:05:09Z by kib Retire opt_ffs_broken_fixme.h. Instead of directly calling ffs_snapgone(), use UFS_SNAPGONE() with usual layering. Requested by: bde MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.716: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 14 22:42:41 2011 UTC (10 months, 3 weeks ago) by davidch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.715: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.715: +5 -0 lines
SVN rev 219647 on 2011-03-14 22:42:41Z by davidch - Initial release of bxe(4) to support Broadcom NetXtreme II 10GbE. (BCM57710, BCM57711, BCM57711E) MFC after: One month
Revision 1.715: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 1 13:23:37 2011 UTC (11 months, 1 week ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.714: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.714: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 219129 on 2011-03-01 13:23:37Z by rwatson Add initial support for Capsicum's Capability Mode to the FreeBSD kernel, compiled conditionally on options CAPABILITIES: Add a new credential flag, CRED_FLAG_CAPMODE, which indicates that a subject (typically a process) is in capability mode. Add two new system calls, cap_enter(2) and cap_getmode(2), which allow setting and querying (but never clearing) the flag. Export the capability mode flag via process information sysctls. Sponsored by: Google, Inc. Reviewed by: anderson Discussed with: benl, kris, pjd Obtained from: Capsicum Project MFC after: 3 months
Revision 1.714: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 12 21:17:38 2011 UTC (11 months, 3 weeks ago) by hselasky
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.713: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.713: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 218623 on 2011-02-12 21:17:38Z by hselasky Add missing USB_HOST_ALIGN option. Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
Revision 1.713: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 3 10:05:30 2011 UTC (12 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.712: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.712: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 218211 on 2011-02-03 10:05:30Z by rrs Adds an experimental option to create a pool of threads. These serve as input threads and are queued packets based on the V-tag number. This is similar to what a modern card can do with queue's for TCP... but alas modern cards know nothing about SCTP. MFC after: 3 months (maybe)
Revision 1.712: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 24 07:45:14 2011 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.711: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.711: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 217772 on 2011-01-24 07:45:14Z by adrian Undo a local option which mistakenly crept into a commit.
Revision 1.711: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 22 20:53:27 2011 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by dchagin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.710: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.710: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 217725 on 2011-01-22 20:53:27Z by dchagin Option USB_HOST_ALIGN declared twice. Approved by: kib(mentor)
Revision 1.710: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 22 13:52:23 2011 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by hselasky
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.709: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.709: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 217718 on 2011-01-22 13:52:23Z by hselasky Allow USB_HOST_ALIGN to be configured at compile time. This patch is necessary for MIPS based RouterStation Pro board and maybe other MIPS based boards as well. Submitted by: Milan Obuch Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
Revision 1.709: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 20 09:03:40 2011 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.708: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.708: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 217631 on 2011-01-20 09:03:40Z by adrian Push the non-AR5416 related stuff into chipset specific directories. sys/dev/ath/ath_hal/ar5416/ is getting very crowded and further commits will make it even more crowded. Now is a good time to shuffle these files out before any more extensive work is done on them. Create an ar9003 directory whilst I'm here; ar9003 specific chipset code will eventually live there.
Revision 1.608.2.15.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Dec 21 17:10:29 2010 UTC (13 months, 2 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_7_4
CVS tags: RELENG_7_4_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.15: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.608.2.16: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.15: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 216618 on 2010-12-21 17:10:29Z by kensmith Copy stable/7 to releng/7.4 in preparation for FreeBSD-7.4 release. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.687.2.10.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Dec 21 17:09:25 2010 UTC (13 months, 2 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_8_2
CVS tags: RELENG_8_2_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.10: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.687.2.11: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.10: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 216617 on 2010-12-21 17:09:25Z by kensmith Copy stable/8 to releng/8.2 in preparation for FreeBSD-8.2 release. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.708: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 27 20:38:26 2010 UTC (14 months, 1 week ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.707: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.707: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 215952 on 2010-11-27 20:38:26Z by mjacob Add ISP_INTERNAL_TARGET as an option for isp(4).
Revision 1.707: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 6 18:36:50 2010 UTC (16 months ago) by ambrisko
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.706: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.706: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 213489 on 2010-10-06 18:36:50Z by ambrisko Add the capability to read the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_dump Add the capability to write the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_write These are only available if the kernel option BCE_DEBUG is enabled. The nvram_write sysctl also requires the kernel option BCE_NVRAM_WRITE_SUPPORT to be enabled. These are to be used at your own caution. Since the MAC addresses are stored in the NVRAM, if you dump one NIC and restore it on another NIC the destination NIC's MAC addresses will not be preserved. A tool can be made using these sysctl's to manage the on-chip firmware. Reviewed by: davidch, yongari
Revision 1.706: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 28 15:36:12 2010 UTC (18 months, 1 week ago) by mdf
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.705: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.705: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 210564 on 2010-07-28 15:36:12Z by mdf Add MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES debug malloc(9) option to use multiple uma zones for each malloc bucket size. The purpose is to isolate different malloc types into hash classes, so that any buffer overruns or use-after-free will usually only affect memory from malloc types in that hash class. This is purely a debugging tool; by varying the hash function and tracking which hash class was corrupted, the intersection of the hash classes from each instance will point to a single malloc type that is being misused. At this point inspection or memguard(9) can be used to catch the offending code. Add MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 to -current GENERIC configuration files. The suggestion to have this on by default came from Kostik Belousov on -arch. This code is based on work by Ron Steinke at Isilon Systems. Reviewed by: -arch (mostly silence) Reviewed by: zml Approved by: zml (mentor)
Revision 1.608.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 13 20:13:38 2010 UTC (18 months, 4 weeks ago) by ae
Branches: RELENG_7
CVS tags: RELENG_7_4_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_7_4
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.14: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 210019 on 2010-07-13 20:13:38Z by ae MFC r208946: New netgraph node ng_patch(4). It performs data modification of packets passing through. Modifications are restricted to a subset of C language operations on unsigned integers of 8, 16, 32 or 64 bit size. These are: set to new value (=), addition (+=), subtraction (-=), multiplication (*=), division (/=), negation (= -), bitwise AND (&=), bitwise OR (|=), bitwise eXclusive OR (^=), shift left (<<=), shift right (>>=). Several operations are all applied to a packet sequentially in order they were specified by user. Submitted by: Maxim Ignatenko <gelraen.ua at gmail.com> Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru> Discussed with: net@ MFC r208947: Fix typo. MFC r208989: Style(9) fixes: * Sort includes * Replace #define<SPACE> to #define<TAB> * Split declarations and initializations * Split long lines Requested by: kib MFC r209194: * Include sys/systm.h for KASSERT() * Remove unneeded includes and comment * Replace home made OFFSETOF() macro with standard offsetof() Pointed out by: bde Tested by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru> Approved by: mav (mentor)
Revision 1.687.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 9 08:48:51 2010 UTC (19 months ago) by ae
Branches: RELENG_8
CVS tags: RELENG_8_2_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_8_2
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.9: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 209843 on 2010-07-09 08:48:51Z by ae MFC r208946: New netgraph node ng_patch(4). It performs data modification of packets passing through. Modifications are restricted to a subset of C language operations on unsigned integers of 8, 16, 32 or 64 bit size. These are: set to new value (=), addition (+=), subtraction (-=), multiplication (*=), division (/=), negation (= -), bitwise AND (&=), bitwise OR (|=), bitwise eXclusive OR (^=), shift left (<<=), shift right (>>=). Several operations are all applied to a packet sequentially in order they were specified by user. Submitted by: Maxim Ignatenko <gelraen.ua at gmail.com> Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru> Discussed with: net@ MFC r208947: Fix typo. MFC r208989: Style(9) fixes: * Sort includes * Replace #define<SPACE> to #define<TAB> * Split declarations and initializations * Split long lines Requested by: kib MFC r209194: * Include sys/systm.h for KASSERT() * Remove unneeded includes and comment * Replace home made OFFSETOF() macro with standard offsetof() Pointed out by: bde Approved by: kib (mentor)
Revision 1.687.2.9.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 14 02:09:06 2010 UTC (19 months, 3 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_8_1
CVS tags: RELENG_8_1_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.9: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.687.2.10: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.9: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 209145 on 2010-06-14 02:09:06Z by kensmith Copy stable/8 to releng/8.1 in preparation for 8.1-RC1. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.705: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 9 12:25:57 2010 UTC (20 months ago) by ae
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.704: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.704: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 208946 on 2010-06-09 12:25:57Z by ae New netgraph node ng_patch(4). It performs data modification of packets passing through. Modifications are restricted to a subset of C language operations on unsigned integers of 8, 16, 32 or 64 bit size. These are: set to new value (=), addition (+=), subtraction (-=), multiplication (*=), division (/=), negation (= -), bitwise AND (&=), bitwise OR (|=), bitwise eXclusive OR (^=), shift left (<<=), shift right (>>=). Several operations are all applied to a packet sequentially in order they were specified by user. Submitted by: Maxim Ignatenko <gelraen.ua at gmail.com> Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru> Discussed with: net@ Approved by: mav (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
Revision 1.704: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 28 10:35:44 2010 UTC (20 months, 2 weeks ago) by raj
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.703: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.703: +4 -0 lines
SVN rev 208613 on 2010-05-28 10:35:44Z by raj Introduce kernel build options for the Flattened Device Tree support. Reviewed by: imp Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Revision 1.687.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 17 23:52:33 2010 UTC (20 months, 3 weeks ago) by thompsa
Branches: RELENG_8
CVS tags: RELENG_8_1_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_8_1
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.8: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 208232 on 2010-05-17 23:52:33Z by thompsa MFC r208048 Allow the USB_REQ_DEBUG to be enabled in the kernel conf.
Revision 1.703: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 13 20:48:39 2010 UTC (20 months, 4 weeks ago) by thompsa
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.702: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.702: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 208048 on 2010-05-13 20:48:39Z by thompsa Allow the USB_REQ_DEBUG to be enabled in the kernel conf. Requested by: HPS
Revision 1.702: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat May 1 16:36:14 2010 UTC (21 months, 1 week ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.701: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.701: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 207472 on 2010-05-01 16:36:14Z by imp The Atheros AR71xx CPUs, when paired with the AR5212 parts, has a bug that generates a fatal bus trap. Normally, the chips are setup to do 128 byte DMA bursts, but when on this CPU, they can only safely due 4-byte DMA bursts due to this bug. Details of the exact nature of the bug are sketchy, but some can be found at https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=70060 on pages 4, 5 and 6. There's a small performance penalty associated with this workaround, so it is only enabled when needed on the Atheros AR71xx platforms. Unfortunately, this condition is impossible to detect at runtime without MIPS specific ifdefs. Rather than cast an overly-broad net like Linux/OpenWRT dues (which enables this workaround all the time on MIPS32 platforms), we put this option in the kernel for just the affected machines. Sam didn't like this aspect of the patch when he reviewed it, and I'd love to hear sane proposals on how to fix it :) Reviewed by: sam@
Revision 1.687.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 17 04:13:52 2010 UTC (21 months, 3 weeks ago) by rrs
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.7: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 206741 on 2010-04-17 04:13:52Z by rrs MFC of 205629 Adds the option of seperating out the sctp stats per processor. This will be refined further and is definetly exploratory (which is why its an option) i.e. making it allocate the actual number of processors is coming ;-D.
Revision 1.701: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 24 20:02:40 2010 UTC (22 months, 2 weeks ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.700: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.700: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 205629 on 2010-03-24 20:02:40Z by rrs Adds the option of keeping per-cpu statistics in SCTP. This may be useful since it gets rid of atomics but I want it to remain an option until I can do further testing on if it really speeds things up.
Revision 1.700: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 2 06:58:58 2010 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.699: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.699: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 204552 on 2010-03-02 06:58:58Z by alfred
Merge projects/enhanced_coredumps (r204346) into HEAD:
Enhanced process coredump routines.
This brings in the following features:
1) Limit number of cores per process via the %I coredump formatter.
Example:
if corefilename is set to %N.%I.core AND num_cores = 3, then
if a process "rpd" cores, then the corefile will be named
"rpd.0.core", however if it cores again, then the kernel will
generate "rpd.1.core" until we hit the limit of "num_cores".
this is useful to get several corefiles, but also prevent filling
the machine with corefiles.
2) Encode machine hostname in core dump name via %H.
3) Compress coredumps, useful for embedded platforms with limited space.
A sysctl kern.compress_user_cores is made available if turned on.
To enable compressed coredumps, the following config options need to be set:
options COMPRESS_USER_CORES
device zlib # brings in the zlib requirements.
device gzio # brings in the kernel vnode gzip output module.
4) Eventhandlers are fired to indicate coredumps in progress.
5) The imgact sv_coredump routine has grown a flag to pass in more
state, currently this is used only for passing a flag down to compress
the coredump or not.
Note that the gzio facility can be used for generic output of gzip'd
streams via vnodes.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks
Reviewed by: kan
Revision 1.687.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 2 01:56:55 2010 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by delphij
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.6: +2 -0 lines
SVN rev 204546 on 2010-03-02 01:56:55Z by delphij MFC x86emu/x86bios emulator and make previously i386 only dpms and vesa framebuffer driver, etc. work on FreeBSD/amd64. A significant amount of improvements were done by jkim@ during the recent months to make vesa(4) work better, over the initial code import. This work is based on OpenBSD's x86emu implementation and contributed by paradox <ddkprog yahoo com> and swell.k at gmail com. Hopefully I have stolen all their work to 8-STABLE :) All bugs in this commit are mine, as usual.
Revision 1.608.2.14.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 10 00:26:20 2010 UTC (23 months, 4 weeks ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_7_3
CVS tags: RELENG_7_3_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.14: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.608.2.15: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.14: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 203736 on 2010-02-10 00:26:20Z by kensmith Copy stable/7 to releng/7.3 as part of the 7.3-RELEASE process. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.687.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 25 12:05:51 2010 UTC (2 years ago) by attilio
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.5: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 202966 on 2010-01-25 12:05:51Z by attilio MFC r201879: Introduce the new kernel thread called "deadlock resolver". It is used in order to seek within the threads state and heuristically understand if there is any deadlock happening. In order to implement it, the sq_type in sleepqueues is mandatory and not only compiled along with INVARIANTS option. Additively, a new sleepqueue function, sleepq_type() is added, returning the type of the sleepqueue linked to a wchan. Three new sysctls are added in order to configure the thread: debug.deadlkres.slptime_threshold debug.deadlkres.blktime_threshold debug.deadlkres.sleepfreq rappresenting the thresholds for sleep and block time that will lead to a deadlock matching (when exceeded), while the sleepfreq rappresents the number of seconds between 2 consecutive thread runnings. In order to enable the deadlock resolver thread recompile your kernel with the option DEADLKRES. Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Revision 1.699: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 9 01:46:38 2010 UTC (2 years, 1 month ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.698: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.698: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 201879 on 2010-01-09 01:46:38Z by attilio Introduce the new kernel thread called "deadlock resolver". While the name is pretentious, a good explanation of its targets is reported in this 17 months old presentation e-mail: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-arch/2008-August/008452.html In order to implement it, the sq_type in sleepqueues is mandatory and not only compiled along with INVARIANTS option. Additively, a new sleepqueue function, sleepq_type() is added, returning the type of the sleepqueue linked to a wchan. Three new sysctls are added in order to configure the thread: debug.deadlkres.slptime_threshold debug.deadlkres.blktime_threshold debug.deadlkres.sleepfreq rappresenting the thresholds for sleep and block time that will lead to a deadlock matching (when exceeded), while the sleepfreq rappresents the number of seconds between 2 consecutive thread runnings. In order to enable the deadlock resolver thread recompile your kernel with the option DEADLKRES. Reviewed by: jeff Tested by: pho, Giovanni Trematerra Sponsored by: Nokia Incorporated, Sandvine Incorporated MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.687.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 12 10:37:31 2009 UTC (2 years, 1 month ago) by mav
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.4: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 200432 on 2009-12-12 10:37:31Z by mav MFC r200171, r200182, r200275, r200295, r200359: Introduce ATA_CAM kernel option, turning ata(4) controller drivers into cam(4) interface modules. When enabled, this option deprecates all ata(4) peripheral drivers (ad, acd, ...) and interfaces and allows cam(4) drivers (ada, cd, ...) and interfaces to be natively used instead. As side effect of this, ata(4) mode setting code was completely rewritten to make controller API more strict and permit above change. While doing this, SATA revision was separated from PATA mode. It allows DMA-incapable SATA devices to operate and makes hw.ata.(ata|atapi)_dma tunable work again. Also allow ata(4) controller drivers (except some specific or broken ones) to handle larger data transfers. Previous constraint of 64K was artificial and is not really required by PCI ATA BM specification or hardware. Submitted by: nwitehorn (powerpc part)
Revision 1.698: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 6 00:10:13 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by mav
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.697: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.697: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 200171 on 2009-12-06 00:10:13Z by mav MFp4: Introduce ATA_CAM kernel option, turning ata(4) controller drivers into cam(4) interface modules. When enabled, this options deprecates all ata(4) peripheral drivers (ad, acd, ...) and interfaces and allows cam(4) drivers (ada, cd, ...) and interfaces to be natively used instead. As side effect of this, ata(4) mode setting code was completely rewritten to make controller API more strict and permit above change. While doing this, SATA revision was separated from PATA mode. It allows DMA-incapable SATA devices to operate and makes hw.ata.atapi_dma tunable work again. Also allow ata(4) controller drivers (except some specific or broken ones) to handle larger data transfers. Previous constraint of 64K was artificial and is not really required by PCI ATA BM specification or hardware. Submitted by: nwitehorn (powerpc part)
Revision 1.608.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 15 11:43:28 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by stas
Branches: RELENG_7
CVS tags: RELENG_7_3_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_7_3
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.13: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199289 on 2009-11-15 11:43:28Z by stas - MFC r198320: Introduce new option BCE_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT that allows user to enable header in bce(4) instead of (ab)using ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS that was not into if_bce.c anyway. It is disabled by default. > PR: If a GNATS PR is affected by the change. > Submitted by: If someone else sent in the change. > Reviewed by: If someone else reviewed your modification. > Approved by: If you needed approval for this commit. > Obtained from: If the change is from a third party. > MFC after: N [day[s]|week[s]|month[s]]. Request a reminder email. > Security: Vulnerability reference (one per line) or description. > Empty fields above will be automatically removed. _M 7/sys M 7/sys/conf/NOTES M 7/sys/conf/options M 7/sys/dev/bce/if_bce.c M 7/sys/dev/bce/if_bcereg.h _M 7/sys/contrib/pf
Revision 1.687.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 15 11:30:59 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by stas
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.3: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199288 on 2009-11-15 11:30:59Z by stas - MFC r198320: Introduce new option BCE_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT that allows user to enable header in bce(4) instead of (ab)using ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS that was not into if_bce.c anyway. It is disabled by default.
Revision 1.697: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 13 11:28:54 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by ed
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.696: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.696: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 199250 on 2009-11-13 11:28:54Z by ed Convert syscons on i386 to TERM=xterm. TEKEN_XTERM is now gone. Because we always use xterm mode now, we only need a TEKEN_CONS25 switch to go back to cons25.
Revision 1.696: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 13 05:54:55 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by ed
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.695: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.695: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199243 on 2009-11-13 05:54:55Z by ed Switch the default terminal emulation style to xterm for most platforms. Right now syscons(4) uses a cons25-style terminal emulator. The disadvantages of that are: - Little compatibility with embedded devices with serial interfaces. - Bad bandwidth efficiency, mainly because of the lack of scrolling regions. - A very hard transition path to support for modern character sets like UTF-8. Our terminal emulation library, libteken, has been supporting xterm-style terminal emulation for months, so flip the switch and make everyone use an xterm-style console driver. I still have to enable this on i386. Right now pc98 and i386 share the same /etc/ttys file. I'm not going to switch pc98, because it uses its own Kanji-capable cons25 emulator. IMPORTANT: What to do if things go wrong (i.e. graphical artifacts): - Run the application inside script(1), try to reduce the problem and send me the log file. - In the mean time, you can run `vidcontrol -T cons25' and `export TERM=cons25' so you can run applications the same way you did before. You can also build your kernel with `options TEKEN_CONS25' to make all virtual terminals use the cons25 emulator by default. Discussed on: current@
Revision 1.695: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 11 11:07:30 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.694: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.694: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199177 on 2009-11-11 11:07:30Z by ru Added option NETGRAPH_VLAN. Submitted by: pluknet
Revision 1.608.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 10 22:56:05 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by mav
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.12: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199159 on 2009-11-10 22:56:05Z by mav MFC r188740, r198486, r199050: Increase ATA command timeouts. Introduce define and kernel option ATA_REQUEST_TIMEOUT to control it. PR: kern/111023
Revision 1.687.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 10 22:37:44 2009 UTC (2 years, 2 months ago) by mav
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.2: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199158 on 2009-11-10 22:37:44Z by mav MFC r198486, r199050: Increase ATA command timeouts. Introduce define and kernel option ATA_REQUEST_TIMEOUT to control it. PR: kern/111023
Revision 1.694: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 8 14:33:19 2009 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by mav
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.693: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.693: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 199050 on 2009-11-08 14:33:19Z by mav Introduce define and kernel option ATA_REQUEST_TIMEOUT to control ATA(4) command timeout. Submitted by: keramida
Revision 1.687.2.2.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 25 01:10:29 2009 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_8_0
CVS tags: RELENG_8_0_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.2: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.687.2.3: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.2: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 198460 on 2009-10-25 01:10:29Z by kensmith Copy stable/8 to releng/8.0 as part of 8.0-RELEASE release procedure. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.693: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 21 12:47:09 2009 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by stas
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.692: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.692: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 198320 on 2009-10-21 12:47:09Z by stas - Introduce new option BCE_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT that allows user to enable header splitting in bce(4) instead of (ab)using ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS that was not propagated into if_bce.c anyway. It is disabled by default. Approved by: davidch MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.692: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Sep 21 08:17:57 2009 UTC (2 years, 4 months ago) by delphij
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.691: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.691: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 197383 on 2009-09-21 08:17:57Z by delphij Collapase interrupt supporting functions to a new module, and switch from x86emu to this new module. This changeset also brings a fix for bugs introduced with the initial x86emu commit, which prevents the user from using some display mode or cause instant reboots during mode switch. Submitted by: paradox <ddkprog yahoo com>
Revision 1.691: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 15 22:23:45 2009 UTC (2 years, 4 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.690: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.690: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 197236 on 2009-09-15 22:23:45Z by andre -Put the optimized soreceive_stream() under a compile time option called TCP_SORECEIVE_STREAM for the time being. Requested by: brooks Once compiled in make it easily switchable for testers by using a tuneable net.inet.tcp.soreceive_stream and a corresponding read-only sysctl to report the current state. Suggested by: rwatson MFC after: 2 days -This line, and those below, will be ignored-- > Description of fields to fill in above: 76 columns --| > PR: If a GNATS PR is affected by the change. > Submitted by: If someone else sent in the change. > Reviewed by: If someone else reviewed your modification. > Approved by: If you needed approval for this commit. > Obtained from: If the change is from a third party. > MFC after: N [day[s]|week[s]|month[s]]. Request a reminder email. > Security: Vulnerability reference (one per line) or description. > Empty fields above will be automatically removed. M sys/conf/options M sys/kern/uipc_socket.c M sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c M sys/netinet/tcp_usrreq.c
Revision 1.690: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 9 05:53:26 2009 UTC (2 years, 5 months ago) by delphij
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.689: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.689: +2 -0 lines
SVN rev 197019 on 2009-09-09 05:53:26Z by delphij - Port x86emu to FreeBSD. - Connect x86emu to build. Tested with: make universe Submitted by: swell.k at gmail com
Revision 1.689: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 23 20:26:09 2009 UTC (2 years, 5 months ago) by ed
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.688: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.688: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 196480 on 2009-08-23 20:26:09Z by ed Allow pty(4) to be loaded as a kld. Unfortunately, the wrappers that are present in pts(4) don't have the mechanics to allow pty(4) to be unloaded safely, so I'm forcing this kld to return EBUSY. This also means we have to enable some extra code in pts(4) unconditionally. Proposed by: rwatson
Revision 1.687.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 14 22:55:54 2009 UTC (2 years, 5 months ago) by zec
Branches: RELENG_8
CVS tags: RELENG_8_0_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_8_0
Diff to: previous 1.687.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687.2.1: +2 -1 lines
SVN rev 196231 on 2009-08-14 22:55:54Z by zec MFC r196228: Make VNET_DEBUG a standalone compile-time option, i.e. decouple it from INVARIANTS. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (rwatson), julian (mentor) Approved by: re (rwatson)
Revision 1.688: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 14 22:41:39 2009 UTC (2 years, 5 months ago) by zec
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687: +2 -1 lines
SVN rev 196228 on 2009-08-14 22:41:39Z by zec Make VNET_DEBUG a standalone compile-time option, i.e. decouple it from INVARIANTS. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (rwatson), julian (mentor)
Revision 1.687.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 3 08:13:06 2009 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.687: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.687: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 196045 on 2009-08-03 08:13:06Z by kensmith Copy head to stable/8 as part of 8.0 Release cycle. Approved by: re (Implicit)
Revision 1.687: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 14 22:48:30 2009 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_8_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_8
Diff to: previous 1.686: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.686: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 195699 on 2009-07-14 22:48:30Z by rwatson Build on Jeff Roberson's linker-set based dynamic per-CPU allocator (DPCPU), as suggested by Peter Wemm, and implement a new per-virtual network stack memory allocator. Modify vnet to use the allocator instead of monolithic global container structures (vinet, ...). This change solves many binary compatibility problems associated with VIMAGE, and restores ELF symbols for virtualized global variables. Each virtualized global variable exists as a "reference copy", and also once per virtual network stack. Virtualized global variables are tagged at compile-time, placing the in a special linker set, which is loaded into a contiguous region of kernel memory. Virtualized global variables in the base kernel are linked as normal, but those in modules are copied and relocated to a reserved portion of the kernel's vnet region with the help of a the kernel linker. Virtualized global variables exist in per-vnet memory set up when the network stack instance is created, and are initialized statically from the reference copy. Run-time access occurs via an accessor macro, which converts from the current vnet and requested symbol to a per-vnet address. When "options VIMAGE" is not compiled into the kernel, normal global ELF symbols will be used instead and indirection is avoided. This change restores static initialization for network stack global variables, restores support for non-global symbols and types, eliminates the need for many subsystem constructors, eliminates large per-subsystem structures that caused many binary compatibility issues both for monitoring applications (netstat) and kernel modules, removes the per-function INIT_VNET_*() macros throughout the stack, eliminates the need for vnet_symmap ksym(2) munging, and eliminates duplicate definitions of virtualized globals under VIMAGE_GLOBALS. Bump __FreeBSD_version and update UPDATING. Portions submitted by: bz Reviewed by: bz, zec Discussed with: gnn, jamie, jeff, jhb, julian, sam Suggested by: peter Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.686: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 12 04:48:47 2009 UTC (2 years, 6 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.685: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.685: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 195633 on 2009-07-12 04:48:47Z by marcel
Rename option USBVERBOSE to USB_VERBOSE for 2 reasons:
1. USB_VERBOSE is more consistent with USB_DEBUG,
2. sys/dev/usb/usb_device.c uses option USB_VERBOSE and
not USBVERBOSE.
POLA with the USBVERBOSE option as it's found in 7-STABLE
has been considered but found insignificant in the face
of the USB stack overhaul.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.685: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 11 15:02:45 2009 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by rpaulo
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.684: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.684: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 195618 on 2009-07-11 15:02:45Z by rpaulo Implementation of the upcoming Wireless Mesh standard, 802.11s, on the net80211 wireless stack. This work is based on the March 2009 D3.0 draft standard. This standard is expected to become final next year. This includes two main net80211 modules, ieee80211_mesh.c which deals with peer link management, link metric calculation, routing table control and mesh configuration and ieee80211_hwmp.c which deals with the actually routing process on the mesh network. HWMP is the mandatory routing protocol on by the mesh standard, but others, such as RA-OLSR, can be implemented. Authentication and encryption are not implemented. There are several scripts under tools/tools/net80211/scripts that can be used to test different mesh network topologies and they also teach you how to setup a mesh vap (for the impatient: ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ... wlanmode mesh). A new build option is available: IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH and it's enabled by default on GENERIC kernels for i386, amd64, sparc64 and pc98. Drivers that support mesh networks right now are: ath, ral and mwl. More information at: http://wiki.freebsd.org/WifiMesh Please note that this work is experimental. Also, please note that bridging a mesh vap with another network interface is not yet supported. Many thanks to the FreeBSD Foundation for sponsoring this project and to Sam Leffler for his support. Also, I would like to thank Gateworks Corporation for sending me a Cambria board which was used during the development of this project. Reviewed by: sam Approved by: re (kensmith) Obtained from: projects/mesh11s
Revision 1.684: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 19:03:27 2009 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.683: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.683: +0 -5 lines
SVN rev 195202 on 2009-06-30 19:03:27Z by dfr Remove the old kernel RPC implementation and the NFS_LEGACYRPC option. Approved by: re
Revision 1.683: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 23 06:11:04 2009 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by zec
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.682: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.682: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 194683 on 2009-06-23 06:11:04Z by zec Connect ng_pipe to the default build. Approved by: julian (mentor)
Revision 1.682: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 17 01:55:42 2009 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.681: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.681: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 194317 on 2009-06-17 01:55:42Z by attilio Introduce support for adaptive spinning in lockmgr. Actually, as it did receive few tuning, the support is disabled by default, but it can opt-in with the option ADAPTIVE_LOCKMGRS. Due to the nature of lockmgrs, adaptive spinning needs to be selectively enabled for any interested lockmgr. The support is bi-directional, or, in other ways, it will work in both cases if the lock is held in read or write way. In particular, the read path is passible of further tunning using the sysctls debug.lockmgr.retries and debug.lockmgr.loops . Ideally, such sysctls should be axed or compiled out before release. Addictionally note that adaptive spinning doesn't cope well with LK_SLEEPFAIL. The reason is that many (and probabilly all) consumers of LK_SLEEPFAIL are mainly interested in knowing if the interlock was dropped or not in order to reacquire it and re-test initial conditions. This directly interacts with adaptive spinning because lockmgr needs to drop the interlock while spinning in order to avoid a deadlock (further details in the comments inside the patch). Final note: finding someone willing to help on tuning this with relevant workloads would be either very important and appreciated. Tested by: jeff, pho Requested by: many
Revision 1.681: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 12 15:44:35 2009 UTC (2 years, 7 months ago) by vanhu
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.680: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.680: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 194062 on 2009-06-12 15:44:35Z by vanhu Added support for NAT-Traversal (RFC 3948) in IPsec stack. Thanks to (no special order) Emmanuel Dreyfus (manu@netbsd.org), Larry Baird (lab@gta.com), gnn, bz, and other FreeBSD devs, Julien Vanherzeele (julien.vanherzeele@netasq.com, for years of bug reporting), the PFSense team, and all people who used / tried the NAT-T patch for years and reported bugs, patches, etc... X-MFC: never Reviewed by: bz Approved by: gnn(mentor) Obtained from: NETASQ
Revision 1.680: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 10 22:54:20 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by jkim
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.679: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.679: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 193963 on 2009-06-10 22:54:20Z by jkim Catch up with r193750 (OsdSynch.c locking changes): - Preallocate some memory for ACPI tasks early enough. We cannot use malloc(9) any more because spin mutex may be held here. The reserved memory can be tuned via debug.acpi.max_tasks tunable or ACPI_MAX_TASKS in kernel configuration. The default is 32 tasks. - Implement a custom taskqueue_fast to wrap the new memory allocation. This implementation is not the fastest in the world but we are being conservative here.
Revision 1.679: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 9 21:55:28 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.678: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.678: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 193863 on 2009-06-09 21:55:28Z by kmacy revert to opt-in flowtable
Revision 1.678: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 9 20:27:30 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.677: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.677: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 193856 on 2009-06-09 20:27:30Z by kmacy make flowtable opt-out
Revision 1.677: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 8 20:07:16 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by jkim
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.676: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.676: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 193750 on 2009-06-08 20:07:16Z by jkim Rewrite OsdSynch.c to reflect the latest ACPICA more closely: - Implement ACPI semaphore (ACPI_SEMAPHORE) with condvar(9) and mutex(9). - Implement ACPI mutex (ACPI_MUTEX) with mutex(9). - Implement ACPI lock (ACPI_SPINLOCK) with spin mutex(9).
Revision 1.676: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 8 15:13:20 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.675: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.675: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 193721 on 2009-06-08 15:13:20Z by bz Code using COMPAT_ROUTE_FLAGS option, introduced with r187094, was changed again in r187328, removing any use of the option from the kernel. The option was never in NOTES. Garbage collect.
Revision 1.675: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 7 19:12:08 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by ariff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.674: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.674: +9 -0 lines
SVN rev 193640 on 2009-06-07 19:12:08Z by ariff Sound Mega-commit. Expect further cleanup until code freeze. For a slightly thorough explaination, please refer to [1] http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/SOUND_4.TXT.html . Summary of changes includes: 1 Volume Per-Channel (vpc). Provides private / standalone volume control unique per-stream pcm channel without touching master volume / pcm. Applications can directly use SNDCTL_DSP_[GET|SET][PLAY|REC]VOL, or for backwards compatibility, SOUND_MIXER_PCM through the opened dsp device instead of /dev/mixer. Special "bypass" mode is enabled through /dev/mixer which will automatically detect if the adjustment is made through /dev/mixer and forward its request to this private volume controller. Changes to this volume object will not interfere with other channels. Requirements: - SNDCTL_DSP_[GET|SET][PLAY|REC]_VOL are newer ioctls (OSSv4) which require specific application modifications (preferred). - No modifications required for using bypass mode, so applications like mplayer or xmms should work out of the box. Kernel hints: - hint.pcm.%d.vpc (0 = disable vpc). Kernel sysctls: - hw.snd.vpc_mixer_bypass (default: 1). Enable or disable /dev/mixer bypass mode. - hw.snd.vpc_autoreset (default: 1). By default, closing/opening /dev/dsp will reset the volume back to 0 db gain/attenuation. Setting this to 0 will preserve its settings across device closing/opening. - hw.snd.vpc_reset (default: 0). Panic/reset button to reset all volume settings back to 0 db. - hw.snd.vpc_0db (default: 45). 0 db relative to linear mixer value. 2 High quality fixed-point Bandlimited SINC sampling rate converter, based on Julius O'Smith's Digital Audio Resampling - http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/resample/. It includes a filter design script written in awk (the clumsiest joke I've ever written) - 100% 32bit fixed-point, 64bit accumulator. - Possibly among the fastest (if not fastest) of its kind. - Resampling quality is tunable, either runtime or during kernel compilation (FEEDER_RATE_PRESETS). - Quality can be further customized during kernel compilation by defining FEEDER_RATE_PRESETS in /etc/make.conf. Kernel sysctls: - hw.snd.feeder_rate_quality. 0 - Zero-order Hold (ZOH). Fastest, bad quality. 1 - Linear Interpolation (LINEAR). Slightly slower than ZOH, better quality but still does not eliminate aliasing. 2 - (and above) - Sinc Interpolation(SINC). Best quality. SINC quality always start from 2 and above. Rough quality comparisons: - http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/z_comparison/ 3 Bit-perfect mode. Bypasses all feeder/dsp effects. Pure sound will be directly fed into the hardware. 4 Parametric (compile time) Software Equalizer (Bass/Treble mixer). Can be customized by defining FEEDER_EQ_PRESETS in /etc/make.conf. 5 Transparent/Adaptive Virtual Channel. Now you don't have to disable vchans in order to make digital format pass through. It also makes vchans more dynamic by choosing a better format/rate among all the concurrent streams, which means that dev.pcm.X.play.vchanformat/rate becomes sort of optional. 6 Exclusive Stream, with special open() mode O_EXCL. This will "mute" other concurrent vchan streams and only allow a single channel with O_EXCL set to keep producing sound. Other Changes: * most feeder_* stuffs are compilable in userland. Let's not speculate whether we should go all out for it (save that for FreeBSD 16.0-RELEASE). * kobj signature fixups, thanks to Andriy Gapon <avg@freebsd.org> * pull out channel mixing logic out of vchan.c and create its own feeder_mixer for world justice. * various refactoring here and there, for good or bad. * activation of few more OSSv4 ioctls() (see [1] above). * opt_snd.h for possible compile time configuration: (mostly for debugging purposes, don't try these at home) SND_DEBUG SND_DIAGNOSTIC SND_FEEDER_MULTIFORMAT SND_FEEDER_FULL_MULTIFORMAT SND_FEEDER_RATE_HP SND_PCM_64 SND_OLDSTEREO Manual page updates are on the way. Tested by: joel, Olivier SMEDTS <olivier at gid0 d org>, too many unsung / unnamed heroes.
Revision 1.674: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 5 14:55:22 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.673: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.673: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 193511 on 2009-06-05 14:55:22Z by rwatson Move "options MAC" from opt_mac.h to opt_global.h, as it's now in GENERIC and used in a large number of files, but also because an increasing number of incorrect uses of MAC calls were sneaking in due to copy-and-paste of MAC-aware code without the associated opt_mac.h include. Discussed with: pjd
Revision 1.673: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 1 18:07:01 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.672: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.672: +8 -0 lines
SVN rev 193240 on 2009-06-01 18:07:01Z by sam driver for Marvell 88W8363 Wireless LAN controller
Revision 1.672: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 1 10:30:00 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.671: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.671: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 193217 on 2009-06-01 10:30:00Z by pjd - Rename IP_NONLOCALOK IP socket option to IP_BINDANY, to be more consistent with OpenBSD (and BSD/OS originally). We can't easly do it SOL_SOCKET option as there is no more space for more SOL_SOCKET options, but this option also fits better as an IP socket option, it seems. - Implement this functionality also for IPv6 and RAW IP sockets. - Always compile it in (don't use additional kernel options). - Remove sysctl to turn this functionality on and off. - Introduce new privilege - PRIV_NETINET_BINDANY, which allows to use this functionality (currently only unjail root can use it). Discussed with: julian, adrian, jhb, rwatson, kmacy
Revision 1.671: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 29 01:49:27 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.670: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.670: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 193011 on 2009-05-29 01:49:27Z by attilio Reverse the logic for ADAPTIVE_SX option and enable it by default. Introduce for this operation the reverse NO_ADAPTIVE_SX option. The flag SX_ADAPTIVESPIN to be passed to sx_init_flags(9) gets suppressed and the new flag, offering the reversed logic, SX_NOADAPTIVE is added. Additively implements adaptive spininning for sx held in shared mode. The spinning limit can be handled through sysctls in order to be tuned while the code doesn't reach the release, after which time they should be dropped probabilly. This change has made been necessary by recent benchmarks where it does improve concurrency of workloads in presence of high contention (ie. ZFS). KPI breakage is documented by __FreeBSD_version bumping, manpage and UPDATING updates. Requested by: jeff, kmacy Reviewed by: jeff Tested by: pho
Revision 1.670: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 28 19:45:11 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by rmacklem
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.669: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.669: +7 -0 lines
SVN rev 192991 on 2009-05-28 19:45:11Z by rmacklem Add the kernel build glue for the experimental NFS subsystem that includes support for NFSv4. The subsystem can optionally be linked into the kernel using the two options: NFSCL - the client NFSD - the server It is also built as three modules: nfscl - the client nfsd - the server nfscommon - functions shared by the client and server Approved by: kib (mentor)
Revision 1.669: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 22 12:35:12 2009 UTC (2 years, 8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.668: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.668: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 192578 on 2009-05-22 12:35:12Z by rwatson Remove the unmaintained University of Michigan NFSv4 client from 8.x prior to 8.0-RELEASE. Rick Macklem's new and more feature-rich NFSv234 client and server are replacing it. Discussed with: rmacklem
Revision 1.668: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 3 04:01:43 2009 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.667: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.667: +4 -0 lines
SVN rev 191762 on 2009-05-03 04:01:43Z by imp Bring in Andrew Thompson's port of Sepherosa Ziehau's bwi driver for Broadcom BCM43xx chipsets. This driver uses the v3 firmware that needs to be fetched separately. A port will be committed to create the bwi firmware module. The driver matches the following chips: Broadcom BCM4301, BCM4307, BCM4306, BCM4309, BCM4311, BCM4312, BCM4318, BCM4319 The driver works for 802.11b and 802.11g. Limitations: This doesn't support the 802.11a or 802.11n portion of radios. Some BCM4306 and BCM4309 cards don't work with Channel 1, 2 or 3. Documenation for this firmware is reverse engineered from http://bcm.sipsolutions.net/ V4 of the firmware is needed for 11a or 11n support http://bcm-v4.sipsolutions.net/ Firmware needs to be fetched from a third party, port to be committed # I've tested this with a BCM4319 mini-pci and a BCM4318 CardBus card, and # not connected it to the build until the firmware port is committed. Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD, //depot/projects/vap Reviewed by: sam@, thompsa@
Revision 1.667: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 1 17:18:45 2009 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.666: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.666: +5 -0 lines
SVN rev 191725 on 2009-05-01 17:18:45Z by sam add more tdma fixed rate defaults
Revision 1.666: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 19 00:16:04 2009 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.665: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.665: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 191255 on 2009-04-19 00:16:04Z by kmacy - Import infrastructure for caching flows as a means of accelerating L3 and L2 lookups as well as providing stateful load balancing when used with RADIX_MPATH. - Currently compiled in to i386 and amd64 but disabled by default, it can be enabled at runtime with 'sysctl net.inet.flowtable.enable=1'. - Embedded users can remove it entirely from the kernel by adding 'nooption FLOWTABLE' to their kernel config files. - A minimal hookup will be added to ip_output in a subsequent commit. I would like to see more review before bringing in changes that require more churn. Supported by: Bitgravity Inc.
Revision 1.665: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 15 22:38:22 2009 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.664: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.664: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 191130 on 2009-04-15 22:38:22Z by marcel Add a compat option to the EBR scheme that controls the naming of the partitions (GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT). When compatibility is enabled, changes to the partitioning are disallowed. Remove the device name aliasing added previously to provide backward compatibility, but which in practice doesn't give us anything. Enable compatibility on amd64 and i386.
Revision 1.608.2.12.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 15 03:14:26 2009 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_7_2
CVS tags: RELENG_7_2_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.12: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.608.2.13: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.12: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 191087 on 2009-04-15 03:14:26Z by kensmith Create releng/7.2 from stable/7 in preparation for 7.2-RELEASE. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.664: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 30 19:23:49 2009 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.663: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.663: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 190571 on 2009-03-30 19:23:49Z by sam Remove ATH_SUPPORT_TDMA and use IEEE80211_SUPPORT_TDMA instead. It doesn't make much sense to configure driver support w/o net80211. Note this means ath now depends on opt_wlan.h.
Revision 1.663: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 24 20:39:08 2009 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.662: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.662: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 190391 on 2009-03-24 20:39:08Z by sam split Atheros SuperG support out into it's own file that's included only with a new IEEE80211_SUPPORT_SUPERG option
Revision 1.608.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 22 16:27:14 2009 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: RELENG_7
CVS tags: RELENG_7_2_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_7_2
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.11: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 190268 on 2009-03-22 16:27:14Z by n_hibma MFC the (current) u3g driver, a driver for USB based 3G cards and dongles. This includes changes to ubsa (removing attachment from that device), and small changes to ucom. Note: A change to umass reducing the attach priority for it was committed already.
Revision 1.662: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 15 14:21:05 2009 UTC (2 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.661: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.661: +0 -3 lines
SVN rev 189851 on 2009-03-15 14:21:05Z by rwatson
Remove IFF_NEEDSGIANT, a compatibility infrastructure introduced
in FreeBSD 5.x to allow network device drivers to run with Giant
despite the network stack being Giant-free. This significantly
simplifies calls into ioctl() on network interfaces, especially
in the multicast code, as well as eliminates deferred invocation
of interface if_start routines.
Disable the build on device drivers still depending on
IFF_NEEDSGIANT as they no longer compile. They will be removed
in a few weeks if they haven't been made MPSAFE in that time.
Disabled drivers:
if_ar
if_axe
if_aue
if_cdce
if_cue
if_kue
if_ray
if_rue
if_rum
if_sr
if_udav
if_ural
if_zyd
Drivers that were already disabled because of tty changes:
if_ppp
if_sl
Discussed on: arch@
Revision 1.608.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 12 03:09:11 2009 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by bms
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.10: +15 -0 lines
SVN rev 189720 on 2009-03-12 03:09:11Z by bms Merge the open source Atheros HAL from HEAD to STABLE. This adds support for the AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 kernel configuration option, and removes the ath_rate* and ath_hal modules. Their kernel options are not however removed -- please see UPDATING. Tested on an IBM/Lenovo T43 and ASUS EeePC 701 in both STA and HostAP modes. Submitted by: sam
Revision 1.608.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 26 15:59:22 2009 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.9: +2 -0 lines
SVN rev 189075 on 2009-02-26 15:59:22Z by jhb MFC: Add support for "superpages" on amd64 and i386. This includes adding the superpage reservation system to the machine-independent VM system as well as changes to the pmap code for amd64 and i386 to support superpages. Reviewed by: alc Tested by: ps
Revision 1.661: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 10 00:08:39 2009 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.660: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.660: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 188426 on 2009-02-10 00:08:39Z by marcel Add option GEOM_PART_EBR by default on amd64 and i386.
Revision 1.660: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 6 10:30:46 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by wkoszek
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.659: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.659: +8 -8 lines
SVN rev 188221 on 2009-02-06 10:30:46Z by wkoszek Consistently use <TAB> instead of spaces as option name and file separator.
Revision 1.659: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 5 18:12:07 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.658: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.658: +4 -0 lines
SVN rev 188156 on 2009-02-05 18:12:07Z by sam Add support for frobbing Intel StrataFlash Protection Registers: o add CFI_SUPPORT_STRATAFLASH compile option to enable support o add new ioctls to get/set the factory and user/oem segments of the PR and to get/set Protection Lock Register that fuses the user segment o add #defines for bits in the status register o update cfi_wait_ready to take an offset so it can be used to wait for PR write completion and replace constants w/ symbolic names Note: writing the user segment isn't correct; committing now to get review. Sponsored by: Carlson Wireless Reviewed by: imp, Chris Anderson
Revision 1.658: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 28 18:00:22 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.657: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.657: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 187831 on 2009-01-28 18:00:22Z by sam Overhaul regulatory support: o remove HAL_CHANNEL; convert the hal to use net80211 channels; this mostly involves mechanical changes to variable names and channel attribute macros o gut HAL_CHANNEL_PRIVATE as most of the contents are now redundant with the net80211 channel available o change api for ath_hal_init_channels: no more reglass id's, no more outdoor indication (was a noop), anM contents o add ath_hal_getchannels to have the hal construct a channel list without altering runtime state; this is used to retrieve the calibration list for the device in ath_getradiocaps o add ath_hal_set_channels to take a channel list and regulatory data from above and construct internal state to match (maps frequencies for 900MHz cards, setup for CTL lookups, etc) o compact the private channel table: we keep one private channel per frequency instead of one per HAL_CHANNEL; this gives a big space savings and potentially improves ani and calibration by sharing state (to be seen; didn't see anything in testing); a new config option AH_MAXCHAN controls the table size (default to 96 which was chosen to be ~3x the largest expected size) o shrink ani state and change to mirror private channel table (one entry per frequency indexed by ic_devdata) o move ani state flags to private channel state o remove country codes; use net80211 definitions instead o remove GSM regulatory support; it's no longer needed now that we pass in channel lists from above o consolidate ADHOC_NO_11A attribute with DISALLOW_ADHOC_11A o simplify initial channel list construction based on the EEPROM contents; we preserve country code support for now but may want to just fallback to a WWR sku and dispatch the discovered country code up to user space so the channel list can be constructed using the master regdomain tables o defer to net80211 for max antenna gain o eliminate sorting of internal channel table; now that we use ic_devdata as an index, table lookups are O(1) o remove internal copy of the country code; the public one is sufficient o remove AH_SUPPORT_11D conditional compilation; we always support 11d o remove ath_hal_ispublicsafetysku; not needed any more o remove ath_hal_isgsmsku; no more GSM stuff o move Conformance Test Limit (CTL) state from private channel to a lookup using per-band pointers cached in the private state block o remove regulatory class id support; was unused and belongs in net80211 o fix channel list construction to set IEEE80211_CHAN_NOADHOC, IEEE80211_CHAN_NOHOSTAP, and IEEE80211_CHAN_4MSXMIT o remove private channel flags CHANNEL_DFS and CHANNEL_4MS_LIMIT; these are now set in the constructed net80211 channel o store CHANNEL_NFCREQUIRED (Noise Floor Required) channel attribute in one of the driver-private flag bits of the net80211 channel o move 900MHz frequency mapping into the hal; the mapped frequency is stored in the private channel and used throughout the hal (no more mapping in the driver and/or net80211) o remove ath_hal_mhz2ieee; it's no longer needed as net80211 does the calculation and available in the net80211 channel o change noise floor calibration logic to work with compacted private channel table setup; this may require revisiting as we no longer can distinguish channel attributes (e.g. 11b vs 11g vs turbo) but since the data is used only to calculate status data we can live with it for now o change ah_getChipPowerLimits internal method to operate on a single channel instead of all channels in the private channel table o add ath_hal_gethwchannel to map a net80211 channel to a h/w frequency (always the same except for 900MHz channels) o add HAL_EEBADREG and HAL_EEBADCC status codes to better identify regulatory problems o remove CTRY_DEBUG and CTRY_DEFAULT enum's; these come from net80211 now o change ath_hal_getwirelessmodes to really return wireless modes supported by the hardware (was previously applying regulatory constraints) o return channel interference status with IEEE80211_CHANSTATE_CWINT (should change to a callback so hal api's can take const pointers) o remove some #define's no longer needed with the inclusion of <net80211/_ieee80211.h> Sponsored by: Carlson Wireless
Revision 1.608.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 20 19:01:59 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.8: +0 -3 lines
SVN rev 187478 on 2009-01-20 19:01:59Z by jhb MFC: Close several races with using shared vnode locks for pathname lookups with UFS and enable shared lookups for UFS. - Change the name cache to fail lookups with EBADF if a directory vnode is recycled while it waits for a lock upgrade. - Rework the locking of the dirhash to use an sx lock and reference count on each hash structure. Using an sx lock instead of a mutex allows the lock to be held across disk I/O closing a number of races when using shared vnode locks that were previously handled by exclusive vnode locks. - Remove the 'i_ino' and 'i_reclen' fields from the i-node. i_ino is now a local variable in ufs_lookup(), and i_reclen is not needed since ufs_dirremove() always has the entire block holding the directory entry in memory when it updates the directory. - 'i_diroff' and 'i_offset' are now local variables in ufs_lookup(). 'i_diroff' is updated after a successful lookup. - Only set i_offset in the parent directory's i-node during a lookup for non-LOOKUP operations. - Remove the LOOKUP_SHARED option. One can set vfs.lookup_shared to 1 in either loader.conf or sysctl.conf instead. The default setting for vfs.lookup_shared is not changed and remains off by default.
Revision 1.657: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 17 16:37:13 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by ed
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.656: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.656: +4 -0 lines
SVN rev 187367 on 2009-01-17 16:37:13Z by ed Allow experimental libteken features to be tested without changing code. The teken library already supports UTF-8 handling and xterm emulation, but we have reasons to disable this right now. Because we should make it easy and interesting for people to experiment with these features, allow them to be set in kernel configuration files. Before this commit we had a flag called `TEKEN_CONS25' to enable cons25-style emulation. I'm calling it the opposite now, `TEKEN_XTERM', because we want to enable it in kernel configuration files explicitly. Requested by: kib
Revision 1.656: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 12 11:24:32 2009 UTC (3 years ago) by qingli
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.655: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.655: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 187094 on 2009-01-12 11:24:32Z by qingli Revive the RTF_LLINFO flag in route.h. The kernel code is guarded by the new kernel option COMPAT_ROUTE_FLAGS for binary backward compatibility. The RTF_LLDATA flag maps to the same value as RTF_LLINFO. RTF_LLDATA is used by the arp and ndp utilities. The RTF_LLDATA flag is always returned to the userland regardless whether the COMPAT_ROUTE_FLAGS is defined.
Revision 1.655: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 9 16:02:19 2009 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.654: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.654: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 186955 on 2009-01-09 16:02:19Z by adrian Implement a new IP option (not compiled/enabled by default) to allow applications to specify a non-local IP address when bind()'ing a socket to a local endpoint. This allows applications to spoof the client IP address of connections if (obviously!) they somehow are able to receive the traffic normally destined to said clients. This patch doesn't include any changes to ipfw or the bridging code to redirect the client traffic through the PCB checks so TCP gets a shot at it. The normal behaviour is that packets with a non-local destination IP address are not handled locally. This can be dealth with some IPFW hackery; modifications to IPFW to make this less hacky will occur in subsequent commmits. Thanks to Julian Elischer and others at Ironport. This work was approved and donated before Cisco acquired them. Obtained from: Julian Elischer and others MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.654: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 8 17:12:47 2009 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.653: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.653: +10 -0 lines
SVN rev 186904 on 2009-01-08 17:12:47Z by sam TDMA support for long distance point-to-point links using ath devices: o add net80211 support for a tdma vap that is built on top of the existing adhoc-demo support o add tdma scheduling of frame transmission to the ath driver; it's conceivable other devices might be capable of this too in which case they can make use of the 802.11 protocol additions etc. o add minor bits to user tools that need to know: ifconfig to setup and configure, new statistics in athstats, and new debug mask bits While the architecture can support >2 slots in a TDMA BSS the current design is intended (and tested) for only 2 slots. Sponsored by: Intel
Revision 1.653: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 25 07:34:14 2008 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.652: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.652: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 186486 on 2008-12-25 07:34:14Z by julian Hook up the ether_echo node and fix the man page
Revision 1.652: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 20 03:02:32 2008 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.651: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.651: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 186351 on 2008-12-20 03:02:32Z by sam Merge usb changes for Gateworks Cambria boards: o add support to byte swap EHCI descriptor contents; the IXP435 has dual-EHCI controllers integral but descriptor contents are in big-endian format; this support is configured with the USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC option and enabled with EHCI_SCFLG_BIGEDESC o clean up EHCI USBMODE register setup during init; add #defines for bit values o split debug support out into a new file and enable use through ddb o while here remove a bunch of lingering netbsd-isms Reviewed by: imp
Revision 1.651: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 11 16:13:17 2008 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.650: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.650: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 185936 on 2008-12-11 16:13:17Z by bz Put the VIMAGE options together in one place. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Revision 1.650: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 10 23:12:39 2008 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by zec
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.649: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.649: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 185895 on 2008-12-10 23:12:39Z by zec Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
Revision 1.649: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 1 16:53:01 2008 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.648: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.648: +15 -0 lines
SVN rev 185522 on 2008-12-01 16:53:01Z by sam Switch to ath hal source code. Note this removes the ath_hal module; the ath module now brings in the hal support. Kernel config files are almost backwards compatible; supplying device ath_hal gives you the same chip support that the binary hal did but you must also include options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 to enable the extended format descriptors used by 11n parts. It is now possible to control the chip support included in a build by specifying exactly which chips are to be supported in the config file; consult ath_hal(4) for information.
Revision 1.608.2.8.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 25 02:59:29 2008 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_7_1
CVS tags: RELENG_7_1_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.8: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.608.2.9: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.8: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 185281 on 2008-11-25 02:59:29Z by kensmith Create releng/7.1 in preparation for moving into RC phase of 7.1 release cycle. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.648: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 14 11:27:53 2008 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.647: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.647: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 184969 on 2008-11-14 11:27:53Z by dfr Switch the default rpc implementation for NFS back to the new code. I believe I have fixed the reported problems - if you still have trouble with it, please contact me with as much detail as possible so that I can track down any other issues as quickly as possible.
Revision 1.647: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 13 11:35:18 2008 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.646: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.646: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 184920 on 2008-11-13 11:35:18Z by dfr Temporarily switch NFS back to the old RPC code while I try to diagnose and fix the problems a few people have noticed with the new code. People who want to continue testing the new code or who need RPCSEC_GSS support should use the new option NFS_NEWRPC to select it.
Revision 1.646: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 3 10:38:00 2008 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.645: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.645: +9 -0 lines
SVN rev 184588 on 2008-11-03 10:38:00Z by dfr Implement support for RPCSEC_GSS authentication to both the NFS client and server. This replaces the RPC implementation of the NFS client and server with the newer RPC implementation originally developed (actually ported from the userland sunrpc code) to support the NFS Lock Manager. I have tested this code extensively and I believe it is stable and that performance is at least equal to the legacy RPC implementation. The NFS code currently contains support for both the new RPC implementation and the older legacy implementation inherited from the original NFS codebase. The default is to use the new implementation - add the NFS_LEGACYRPC option to fall back to the old code. When I merge this support back to RELENG_7, I will probably change this so that users have to 'opt in' to get the new code. To use RPCSEC_GSS on either client or server, you must build a kernel which includes the KGSSAPI option and the crypto device. On the userland side, you must build at least a new libc, mountd, mount_nfs and gssd. You must install new versions of /etc/rc.d/gssd and /etc/rc.d/nfsd and add 'gssd_enable=YES' to /etc/rc.conf. As long as gssd is running, you should be able to mount an NFS filesystem from a server that requires RPCSEC_GSS authentication. The mount itself can happen without any kerberos credentials but all access to the filesystem will be denied unless the accessing user has a valid ticket file in the standard place (/tmp/krb5cc_<uid>). There is currently no support for situations where the ticket file is in a different place, such as when the user logged in via SSH and has delegated credentials from that login. This restriction is also present in Solaris and Linux. In theory, we could improve this in future, possibly using Brooks Davis' implementation of variant symlinks. Supporting RPCSEC_GSS on a server is nearly as simple. You must create service creds for the server in the form 'nfs/<fqdn>@<REALM>' and install them in /etc/krb5.keytab. The standard heimdal utility ktutil makes this fairly easy. After the service creds have been created, you can add a '-sec=krb5' option to /etc/exports and restart both mountd and nfsd. The only other difference an administrator should notice is that nfsd doesn't fork to create service threads any more. In normal operation, there will be two nfsd processes, one in userland waiting for TCP connections and one in the kernel handling requests. The latter process will create as many kthreads as required - these should be visible via 'top -H'. The code has some support for varying the number of service threads according to load but initially at least, nfsd uses a fixed number of threads according to the value supplied to its '-n' option. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems MFC after: 1 month
Revision 1.645: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 2 16:50:57 2008 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.644: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.644: +0 -3 lines
SVN rev 184559 on 2008-11-02 16:50:57Z by imp Make RL_TWISTER_ENABLE a tunable/sysctl. Eliminate it as an option. Fix module build. Submitted by: Kostik Belousov
Revision 1.644: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 31 23:24:13 2008 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.643: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.643: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 184515 on 2008-10-31 23:24:13Z by imp Add RL_TWISTER_ENABLE option. This enables the magic bits to do long cable tuning. This has helped in some installations for hardware deployed by a former employer. Made optional because the lists aren't full of complaints about these cards... even when they were wildly popular. Reviewed by: attilio@, jhb@, trhodes@ (all an older version of the patch)
Revision 1.643: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 24 07:16:13 2008 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.642: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.642: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 184220 on 2008-10-24 07:16:13Z by n_hibma Add U3G_DEBUG to LINT
Revision 1.510.2.25.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Oct 2 02:57:24 2008 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by kensmith
Branches: RELENG_6_4
CVS tags: RELENG_6_4_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.25: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.511: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.25: +0 -0 lines
SVN rev 183531 on 2008-10-02 02:57:24Z by kensmith Create releng/6.4 from stable/6 in preparation for 6.4-RC1. Approved by: re (implicit)
Revision 1.642: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 1 19:24:16 2008 UTC (3 years, 4 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.641: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.641: +0 -3 lines
SVN rev 183519 on 2008-10-01 19:24:16Z by jhb Remove the LOOKUP_SHARED kernel option. Instead, make vfs.lookup_shared a loader tunable (it was already a sysctl).
Revision 1.608.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 31 10:15:43 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_7
CVS tags: RELENG_7_1_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_7_1
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.7: +0 -7 lines
SVN rev 182526 on 2008-08-31 10:15:43Z by rwatson Merge r179308 from head to stable/7: Remove netatm from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and relies on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics: - netatm include files - netatm command line management tools - libatm - ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall - sample configuration files and documents - kernel support as a module or in NOTES - netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm - ctags data for netatm. - netatm-specific device drivers. Reviewed by: bz Discussed with: bms, bz, harti MFC discussed with: des, peter
Revision 1.510.2.25: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 28 20:29:33 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by emaste
Branches: RELENG_6
CVS tags: RELENG_6_4_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_6_4
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.24: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.511: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.24: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 182404 on 2008-08-28 20:29:33Z by emaste MFC r155086 by pjd: Add buffer corruption protection (RedZone) for kernel's malloc(9). It detects both: buffer underflows and buffer overflows bugs at runtime (on free(9) and realloc(9)) and prints backtraces from where memory was allocated and from where it was freed.
Revision 1.608.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 27 04:41:15 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by jb
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.6: +2 -0 lines
SVN rev 182231 on 2008-08-27 04:41:15Z by jb MFC DTrace support. Note that this defaults the 'make buildkernel' to build with CTF data so that the release kernel and modules are DTrace-able.
Revision 1.641: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 27 01:31:42 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.640: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.640: +23 -26 lines
SVN rev 182223 on 2008-08-27 01:31:42Z by imp Sort the network options alphabetically. They were mostly alphabetical before.
Revision 1.640: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 27 01:26:14 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.639: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.639: +0 -3 lines
SVN rev 182222 on 2008-08-27 01:26:14Z by imp Remove left-over divot from wi driver cleanup Sam did a while ago. Since Symbol Firmware support was removed, it makes little sense to have an option to enable loading of Symbol Firmware.
Revision 1.639: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 26 07:28:27 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.638: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.638: +2 -2 lines
SVN rev 182186 on 2008-08-26 07:28:27Z by imp MFp4: Sort a couple options alphabetically.
Revision 1.638: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 24 21:33:10 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.637: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.637: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 182126 on 2008-08-24 21:33:10Z by julian VIMAGE is a global option
Revision 1.637: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 23 15:26:36 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.636: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.636: +0 -1 lines
SVN rev 182063 on 2008-08-23 15:26:36Z by rwatson Introduce two related changes to the TrustedBSD MAC Framework: (1) Abstract interpreter vnode labeling in execve(2) and mac_execve(2) so that the general exec code isn't aware of the details of allocating, copying, and freeing labels, rather, simply passes in a void pointer to start and stop functions that will be used by the framework. This change will be MFC'd. (2) Introduce a new flags field to the MAC_POLICY_SET(9) interface allowing policies to declare which types of objects require label allocation, initialization, and destruction, and define a set of flags covering various supported object types (MPC_OBJECT_PROC, MPC_OBJECT_VNODE, MPC_OBJECT_INPCB, ...). This change reduces the overhead of compiling the MAC Framework into the kernel if policies aren't loaded, or if policies require labels on only a small number or even no object types. Each time a policy is loaded or unloaded, we recalculate a mask of labeled object types across all policies present in the system. Eliminate MAC_ALWAYS_LABEL_MBUF option as it is no longer required. MFC after: 1 week ((1) only) Reviewed by: csjp Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
Revision 1.636: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 20 08:31:58 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by ed
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.635: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.635: +1 -1 lines
SVN rev 181905 on 2008-08-20 08:31:58Z by ed Integrate the new MPSAFE TTY layer to the FreeBSD operating system. The last half year I've been working on a replacement TTY layer for the FreeBSD kernel. The new TTY layer was designed to improve the following: - Improved driver model: The old TTY layer has a driver model that is not abstract enough to make it friendly to use. A good example is the output path, where the device drivers directly access the output buffers. This means that an in-kernel PPP implementation must always convert network buffers into TTY buffers. If a PPP implementation would be built on top of the new TTY layer (still needs a hooks layer, though), it would allow the PPP implementation to directly hand the data to the TTY driver. - Improved hotplugging: With the old TTY layer, it isn't entirely safe to destroy TTY's from the system. This implementation has a two-step destructing design, where the driver first abandons the TTY. After all threads have left the TTY, the TTY layer calls a routine in the driver, which can be used to free resources (unit numbers, etc). The pts(4) driver also implements this feature, which means posix_openpt() will now return PTY's that are created on the fly. - Improved performance: One of the major improvements is the per-TTY mutex, which is expected to improve scalability when compared to the old Giant locking. Another change is the unbuffered copying to userspace, which is both used on TTY device nodes and PTY masters. Upgrading should be quite straightforward. Unlike previous versions, existing kernel configuration files do not need to be changed, except when they reference device drivers that are listed in UPDATING. Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/... Approved by: philip (ex-mentor) Discussed: on the lists, at BSDCan, at the DevSummit Sponsored by: Snow B.V., the Netherlands dcons(4) fixed by: kan
Revision 1.635: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 18 16:48:09 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.634: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.634: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 181840 on 2008-08-18 16:48:09Z by attilio Bufferize the output for DDB printouts. In order to CATER this, DDB buffered output can be choosen at compile time through the option DDB_BUFR_SIZE=nbytes where nbytes choose the size of the buffer (suggested size is 128 bytes), which should be manually specified in any interested config file. Sponsored by: Nokia
Revision 1.634: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 17 23:27:27 2008 UTC (3 years, 5 months ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.633: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.633: +3 -0 lines
SVN rev 181803 on 2008-08-17 23:27:27Z by bz Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
Revision 1.608.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 24 01:13:22 2008 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.5: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 180774 on 2008-07-24 01:13:22Z by julian MFC an ABI compatible implementation of Multiple routing tables. See the commit message for http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/sys/net/route.c version 1.129 (svn change # 178888) for more info. Obtained from: Ironport (Cisco Systems)
Revision 1.633: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 18 14:44:51 2008 UTC (3 years, 6 months ago) by dwmalone
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.632: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.632: +1 -0 lines
SVN rev 180593 on 2008-07-18 14:44:51Z by dwmalone Add an accept filter for TCP based DNS requests. It waits until the whole first request is present before returning from accept.
Revision 1.632: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 26 10:39:52 2008 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.631: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.631: +0 -8 lines
Remove ISDN4BSD (I4B) from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and parts relied on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. Most of I4B has been disconnected from the build since July 2007 in HEAD/RELENG_7. This is what was removed: - configuration in /etc/isdn - examples - man pages - kernel configuration - sys/i4b (drivers, layers, include files) - user space tools - i4b support from ppp - further documentation Discussed with: rwatson, re
Revision 1.631: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 25 22:11:27 2008 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.630: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.630: +0 -7 lines
Remove netatm from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and relies on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics: - netatm include files - netatm command line management tools - libatm - ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall - sample configuration files and documents - kernel support as a module or in NOTES - netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm - ctags data for netatm. - netatm-specific device drivers. MFC after: 3 weeks Reviewed by: bz Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
Revision 1.630: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 18 19:28:51 2008 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by jb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.629: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.629: +2 -0 lines
Add two kernel options:
- KDTRACE_HOOKS for the shim layer of hooks which separate BSD licensed
code from CDDL code.
- DDB_CTF for the code that parses the CTF (compact C type format)
data for use by the DTrace Function Boundary Trace
provider and (possibly) ddb if we plan to do that.
Revision 1.629: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 16 06:27:03 2008 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by benno
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.628: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.628: +1 -0 lines
Allow the block size used when booting over NFS to be overridden. It defaults to 8192 bytes which is the size currently used.
Revision 1.628: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 9 23:02:55 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.627: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.627: +1 -0 lines
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
Revision 1.608.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 8 17:25:22 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by thompsa
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.4: +1 -0 lines
MFC Hook geom_linux_lvm up to the build.
Revision 1.627: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 29 21:23:21 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.626: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.626: +1 -0 lines
Add an option (compiled out by default) to profile outoing packets for a number of mbuf chain related parameters e.g. number of mbufs, wasted space. probably will do with further work later. Reviewed by: various
Revision 1.510.2.24: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 24 10:46:18 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by dfr
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.23: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.23: +2 -0 lines
MFC: kernel-mode NFS lock manager.
Revision 1.626: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 20 20:35:35 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.625: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.625: +10 -0 lines
Multi-bss (aka vap) support for 802.11 devices. Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now bundled into the wlan module. Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell Reviewed by: many Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)
Revision 1.625: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 13 05:45:13 2008 UTC (3 years, 9 months ago) by qingli
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.624: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.624: +1 -0 lines
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
Revision 1.608.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 10 22:09:22 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.3: +1 -0 lines
Merge stack.9:1.5, amd64/db_trace.c:1.82, amd64/stack_machdep.c:1.1, amd64/conf/GENERIC:1.489, amd64/include/stack.h:1.1, arm/db_trace.c:1.14, arm/stack_machdep.c:1.1, arm/include/stack.h:1.1, NOTES:1.1457, files:1.1254, files.amd64:1.115, files.arm:1.19, files.i386:1.588, files.ia64:1.94, files.powerpc:1.67, files.sparc64:1.93, files.sun4v:1.13, options:1.610, i386/conf/GENERIC:1.478, i386/db_trace.c:1.80, i386/stack_machdep.c:1.1, i386/include/stack.h:1.1, ia64/conf/GENERIC:1.93, ia64/db_machdep.c:1.6, ia64/stack_machdep.c:1.1, kern/subr_stack.c:1.5, pc98/conf/GENERIC:1.299, powerpc/conf/GENERIC:1.73, powerpc/include/stack.h:1.1, powerpc/db_trace.c:1.14, powerpc/stack_machdep.c:1.1, sparc64/conf/GENERIC:1.129, sparc64/include/stack.h:1.1, sparc64/db_trace.c:1.27, sparc64/stack_machdep.c:1.1, sun4v/conf/GENERIC:1.16, sun4v/include/stack.h:1.1, sun4v/db_trace.c:1.2, sun4v/stack_machdep.c:1.1, sys/stack.h:1.4 from HEAD to RELENG_7: Break out stack(9) from ddb(4): - Introduce per-architecture stack_machdep.c to hold stack_save(9). - Introduce per-architecture machine/stack.h to capture any common definitions required between db_trace.c and stack_machdep.c. - Add new kernel option "options STACK"; we will build in stack(9) if it is defined, or also if "options DDB" is defined to provide compatibility with existing users of stack(9). Add new stack_save_td(9) function, which allows the capture of a stacktrace of another thread rather than the current thread, which the existing stack_save(9) was limited to. It requires that the thread be neither swapped out nor running, which is the responsibility of the consumer to enforce. Update stack(9) man page. Build tested: amd64, arm, i386, ia64, powerpc, sparc64, sun4v Runtime tested: amd64 (rwatson), arm (cognet), i386 (rwatson) Merge i386/stack_machdep.c:1.2 from HEAD to RELENG_7: Remove duplicate $FreeBSD$ tag. Merge files.pc98:1.359, pc98/include/stack.h:1.1 from HEAD to RELENG_7: Catch up pc98 for i386 stack(9) changes: Add stub stack.h for pc98 that includes i386 pc98. Add i386 stack_machdep.c to files.pc98. Spotted by: tinderbox
Revision 1.608.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 10 09:39:22 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by dfr
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.2: +2 -0 lines
MFC: Kernel mode Network Lock Manager.
Revision 1.624: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 5 20:13:14 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.623: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.623: +1 -1 lines
Move INTR_FILTER from opt_global.h to its own header.
Revision 1.608.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 1 11:23:31 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608.2.1: +2 -0 lines
Merge options:1.616, db_capture.c:1.4 from HEAD to RELNEG_7: Allow DDB_CAPTURE_DEFAULTBUFSIZE and DDB_CAPTURE_MAXBUFSIZE to be overridden at compile-time using kernel options of the same names. Rather than doing a compile-time CTASSERT of buffer sizes being even multiples of block sizes, just adjust them at boottime, as the failure mode is more user-friendly. MFC after: 2 months PR: 119993 Suggested by: Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
Revision 1.623: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 28 17:58:54 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.622: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.622: +1 -0 lines
Add support for PC-9800 partition tables.
Revision 1.622: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 26 15:23:08 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.621: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.621: +2 -0 lines
Add the new kernel-mode NFS Lock Manager. To use it instead of the user-mode lock manager, build a kernel with the NFSLOCKD option and add '-k' to 'rpc_lockd_flags' in rc.conf. Highlights include: * Thread-safe kernel RPC client - many threads can use the same RPC client handle safely with replies being de-multiplexed at the socket upcall (typically driven directly by the NIC interrupt) and handed off to whichever thread matches the reply. For UDP sockets, many RPC clients can share the same socket. This allows the use of a single privileged UDP port number to talk to an arbitrary number of remote hosts. * Single-threaded kernel RPC server. Adding support for multi-threaded server would be relatively straightforward and would follow approximately the Solaris KPI. A single thread should be sufficient for the NLM since it should rarely block in normal operation. * Kernel mode NLM server supporting cancel requests and granted callbacks. I've tested the NLM server reasonably extensively - it passes both my own tests and the NFS Connectathon locking tests running on Solaris, Mac OS X and Ubuntu Linux. * Userland NLM client supported. While the NLM server doesn't have support for the local NFS client's locking needs, it does have to field async replies and granted callbacks from remote NLMs that the local client has contacted. We relay these replies to the userland rpc.lockd over a local domain RPC socket. * Robust deadlock detection for the local lock manager. In particular it will detect deadlocks caused by a lock request that covers more than one blocking request. As required by the NLM protocol, all deadlock detection happens synchronously - a user is guaranteed that if a lock request isn't rejected immediately, the lock will eventually be granted. The old system allowed for a 'deferred deadlock' condition where a blocked lock request could wake up and find that some other deadlock-causing lock owner had beaten them to the lock. * Since both local and remote locks are managed by the same kernel locking code, local and remote processes can safely use file locks for mutual exclusion. Local processes have no fairness advantage compared to remote processes when contending to lock a region that has just been unlocked - the local lock manager enforces a strict first-come first-served model for both local and remote lockers. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems PR: 95247 107555 115524 116679 MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.621: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 20 01:30:49 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.620: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.620: +1 -0 lines
- Add an option to compile in SCHED_STATS. - Add some more information about SLEEPQUEUE_PROFILING to NOTES.
Revision 1.608.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 16 22:51:28 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by marcel
Branches: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608: +2 -0 lines
Sync gpart with HEAD: o Add support for BSD disklabels (option GEOM_PART_BSD) o Add support for VTOC8 disklabels (option GEOM_PART_VTOC8) o Avoid false positives detecting MBRs
Revision 1.620: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 12 10:11:56 2008 UTC (3 years, 10 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.619: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.619: +0 -1 lines
Remove kernel support for M:N threading. While the KSE project was quite successful in bringing threading to FreeBSD, the M:N approach taken by the kse library was never developed to its full potential. Backwards compatibility will be provided via libmap.conf for dynamically linked binaries and static binaries will be broken.
Revision 1.619: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 2 00:52:49 2008 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.618: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.618: +1 -0 lines
Add support for VTOC8 labels (aka sun disk labels). When a label does not have VTOC information about the partitions, it will be created. This is because the VTOC information is used for the partition type and FreeBSD's sunlabel(8) does not create nor use VTOC information. For this purpose, new tags have been added to support FreeBSD's partition types.
Revision 1.618: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 20 07:50:13 2008 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by thompsa
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.617: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.617: +1 -1 lines
Rename geom_lvm(4) to geom_linux_lvm(4). Requested by: des, phk
Revision 1.617: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 11 05:36:15 2008 UTC (3 years, 11 months ago) by thompsa
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.616: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.616: +1 -0 lines
Add missing GEOM_LVM option.
Revision 1.616: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 26 22:32:23 2008 UTC (4 years ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.615: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.615: +2 -0 lines
Allow DDB_CAPTURE_DEFAULTBUFSIZE and DDB_CAPTURE_MAXBUFSIZE to be overridden at compile-time using kernel options of the same names. Rather than doing a compile-time CTASSERT of buffer sizes being even multiples of block sizes, just adjust them at boottime, as the failure mode is more user-friendly. MFC after: 2 months PR: 119993 Suggested by: Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com>
Revision 1.615: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 7 21:40:09 2008 UTC (4 years, 1 month ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.614: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.614: +1 -0 lines
Add COMPAT_FREEBSD7 and enable it in configs that have COMPAT_FREEBSD6.
Revision 1.614: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 27 16:45:39 2007 UTC (4 years, 1 month ago) by alc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.613: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.613: +2 -0 lines
Add configuration knobs for the superpage reservation system. Initially, the reservation will only be enabled on amd64.
Revision 1.613: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 15 23:13:31 2007 UTC (4 years, 1 month ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.612: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.612: +0 -1 lines
- Re-implement lock profiling in such a way that it no longer breaks the ABI when enabled. There is no longer an embedded lock_profile_object in each lock. Instead a list of lock_profile_objects is kept per-thread for each lock it may own. The cnt_hold statistic is now always 0 to facilitate this. - Support shared locking by tracking individual lock instances and statistics in the per-thread per-instance lock_profile_object. - Make the lock profiling hash table a per-cpu singly linked list with a per-cpu static lock_prof allocator. This removes the need for an array of spinlocks and reduces cache contention between cores. - Use a seperate hash for spinlocks and other locks so that only a critical_enter() is required and not a spinlock_enter() to modify the per-cpu tables. - Count time spent spinning in the lock statistics. - Remove the LOCK_PROFILE_SHARED option as it is always supported now. - Specifically drop and release the scheduler locks in both schedulers since we track owners now. In collaboration with: Kip Macy Sponsored by: Nokia
Revision 1.612: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 15 19:53:35 2007 UTC (4 years, 1 month ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.611: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.611: +3 -0 lines
add compile option to remove extra branch introduced by tcp offload support code
Revision 1.611: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 6 02:32:42 2007 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.610: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.610: +1 -0 lines
Add a BSD disklabel backend to g_part: o Disklabels can have between 8 and 20 partitions (inclusive). o No device special file is created for the raw partition. o Switch ia64 to use this backend. o No support for boot code yet.
Revision 1.610: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 2 20:40:31 2007 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.609: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.609: +1 -0 lines
Break out stack(9) from ddb(4): - Introduce per-architecture stack_machdep.c to hold stack_save(9). - Introduce per-architecture machine/stack.h to capture any common definitions required between db_trace.c and stack_machdep.c. - Add new kernel option "options STACK"; we will build in stack(9) if it is defined, or also if "options DDB" is defined to provide compatibility with existing users of stack(9). Add new stack_save_td(9) function, which allows the capture of a stacktrace of another thread rather than the current thread, which the existing stack_save(9) was limited to. It requires that the thread be neither swapped out nor running, which is the responsibility of the consumer to enforce. Update stack(9) man page. Build tested: amd64, arm, i386, ia64, powerpc, sparc64, sun4v Runtime tested: amd64 (rwatson), arm (cognet), i386 (rwatson)
Revision 1.609: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 28 05:50:44 2007 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.608: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.608: +0 -1 lines
Make ADAPTIVE_GIANT as the default in the kernel and remove the option. Currently, Giant is not too much contented so that it is ok to treact it like any other mutexes. Please don't forget to update your own custom config kernel files. Approved by: cognet, marcel (maintainers of arches where option is not enabled at the moment)
Revision 1.608: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 23 07:34:23 2007 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_7_BP, RELENG_7_0_BP, RELENG_7_0_0_RELEASE, RELENG_7_0
Branch point for: RELENG_7
Diff to: previous 1.607: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.607: +1 -0 lines
Bring in the GEOM Virtualisation class, which allows to create huge GEOM providers with limited physical storage and add physical storage as needed. Submitted by: Ivan Voras Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2006 Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.607: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 22 18:22:31 2007 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.606: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.606: +0 -1 lines
Remove PF_MPSAFE_UGID leftover. Spotted by: bz Approved by: re (gnn)
Revision 1.510.2.23: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 14 22:44:37 2007 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by obrien
Branches: RELENG_6
CVS tags: RELENG_6_3_BP, RELENG_6_3_0_RELEASE, RELENG_6_3
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.22: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.22: +1 -0 lines
MFC: new kernel config option, VERBOSE_SYSINIT. (kern/init_main.c rev. 1.263)
Revision 1.606: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 12 07:43:42 2007 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by ariff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.605: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.605: +0 -3 lines
Update snd_emu10kx driver with recent perforce changes (and few other changes too). (without any real order) 1. Use device_get_nameunit for mutex naming 2. Add timer for low-latency playback 3. Move most mixer controls from sysctls to mixer(8) controls. This is a largest part of this patch. 4. Add analog/digital switch (as a temporary sysctl) 5. Get back support for low-bitrate playback (with help of (2)) 6. Change locking for exclusive I/O. Writing to non-PTR register is almost safe and does not need to be ordered with PTR operations. 7. Disable MIDI until we get it to detach properly and fix memory managment problems. 8. Enable multichannel playback by default. It is as stable as single-channel mode. Multichannel recording is still an experimental feature. 9. Multichannel options can be changed by loader tunables. 10. Add a way to disable card from a loader tunable. 11. Add new PCI IDs. 12. Debugger settings are loader tunables now. 14. Remove some unused variables. 15. Mark pcm sub-devices MPSAFE. 16. Partially revert (bus_setup_intr -> snd_setup_intr) since it need to be done independently Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov (driver maintainer) Approved by: re (bmah)
Revision 1.510.2.22: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 4 22:40:38 2007 UTC (4 years, 5 months ago) by alfred
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.21: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.21: +4 -0 lines
Backport of optimized sx locks and rwlocks from FreeBSD 7.0. Reviewed by: attilio, jhb Obtained from: Juniper Networks
Revision 1.605: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 6 14:25:59 2007 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.604: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.604: +0 -1 lines
Remove the now-unused NET_{LOCK,UNLOCK,ASSERT}_GIANT() macros, which
previously conditionally acquired Giant based on debug.mpsafenet. As that
has now been removed, they are no longer required. Removing them
significantly simplifies error-handling in the socket layer, eliminated
quite a bit of unwinding of locking in error cases.
While here clean up the now unneeded opt_net.h, which previously was used
for the NET_WITH_GIANT kernel option. Clean up some related gotos for
consistency.
Reviewed by: bz, csjp
Tested by: kris
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.604: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 5 16:16:15 2007 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.603: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.603: +1 -1 lines
Rename option IPSEC_FILTERGIF to IPSEC_FILTERTUNNEL. Also rename the related functions in a similar way. There are no functional changes. For a packet coming in with IPsec tunnel mode, the default is to only call into the firewall with the "outer" IP header and payload. With this option turned on, in addition to the "outer" parts, the "inner" IP header and payload are passed to the firewall too when going through ip_input() the second time. The option was never only related to a gif(4) tunnel within an IPsec tunnel and thus the name was very misleading. Discussed at: BSDCan 2007 Best new name suggested by: rwatson Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: re (bmah)
Revision 1.603: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 24 15:35:01 2007 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.602: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.602: +3 -0 lines
Introduce Danny Braniss' iSCSI initiator, version 2.0.99. Please read the included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to Danny for contributing this. Approved by: re
Revision 1.602: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 14 21:49:23 2007 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.601: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.601: +6 -6 lines
Disconnect netatm from the build as it is not MPSAFE and relies on NET_NEEDS_GIANT, which will shortly be removed. This is done in a away that it may be easily reattached to the build before 7.1 if appropriate locking is added. Specifics: - Don't install netatm include files - Disconnect netatm command line management tools - Don't build libatm - Don't include ATM parts in rescue or sysinstall - Don't install sample configuration files and documents - Don't build kernel support as a module or in NOTES - Don't build netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm This removes the last remaining consumer of NET_NEEDS_GIANT. Reviewed by: harti Discussed with: bz, bms Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.601: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 14 09:36:27 2007 UTC (4 years, 6 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.600: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.600: +0 -1 lines
- Modular congestion control, with RFC2581 being the default. - CMT_PF states added (w/sysctl to turn the PF version on) - sctp_input.c had a missing incr of cookie case when the auth was bad. This meant a free was called without an increment to refcnt, added increment like rest of code. - There was a case, unlikely, when the scope of the destination changed (this is a TSNH case). In that case, it would not free the alloc'ed asoc (in sctp_input.c). - When listed addresses found a colliding cookie/Init, then the collided upon tcb was not unlocked in sctp_pcb.c - Add error checking on arguments of sctp_sendx(3) to prevent it from referencing a NULL pointer. - Fix an error return of sctp_sendx(3), it was returing ENOMEM not -1. - Get assoc id was changed to use the sanctified socket api method for getting a assoc id (PEER_ADDR_INFO instead of PEER_ADDR_PARAMS). - Fix it so a peeled off socket will get a proper error return if it trys to send to a different address then it is connected to. - Fix so that select_a_stream can avoid an endless loop that could hang a caller. - time_entered (state set time) was not being set in all cases to the time we went established. Approved by: re(ken smith)
Revision 1.510.2.21: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 8 15:30:28 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by rodrigc
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.20: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.20: +0 -3 lines
MFC: Convert MSDOSFS_LARGE compile time option to a "-o large" mount option. PR: 105964
Revision 1.600: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 6 13:20:43 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.599: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.599: +1 -0 lines
Fix some problems with lock_profiling in sx locks: - Adjust lock_profiling stubs semantic in the hard functions in order to be more accurate and trustable - Disable shared paths for lock_profiling. Actually, lock_profiling has a subtle race which makes results caming from shared paths not completely trustable. A macro stub (LOCK_PROFILING_SHARED) can be actually used for re-enabling this paths, but is currently intended for developing use only. - Use homogeneous names for automatic variables in hard functions regarding lock_profiling - Style fixes - Add a CTASSERT for some flags building Discussed with: kmacy, kris Approved by: jeff (mentor) Approved by: re
Revision 1.599: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 4 00:18:38 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by bz
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.598: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.598: +3 -3 lines
Temporary disconnect i4bing, i4bisppp and i4bipr from the build for the 7.0 timeframe. This is needed because I4B is not locked and NET_NEEDS_GIANT goes away. The plan is to lock I4B and bring everything back for 7.1. Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.598: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 3 12:13:42 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by gnn
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.597: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.597: +0 -2 lines
Commit the change from FAST_IPSEC to IPSEC. The FAST_IPSEC option is now deprecated, as well as the KAME IPsec code. What was FAST_IPSEC is now IPSEC. Approved by: re Sponsored by: Secure Computing
Revision 1.597: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 25 05:06:55 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by rafan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.596: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.596: +0 -1 lines
- Remove UMAP filesystem. It was disconnected from build three years ago, and it is seriously broken. Discussed on: freebsd-arch@ Approved by: re (mux)
Revision 1.596: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jun 16 04:57:04 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by alc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.595: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.595: +0 -1 lines
Enable the new physical memory allocator. This allocator uses a binary buddy system with a twist. First and foremost, this allocator is required to support the implementation of superpages. As a side effect, it enables a more robust implementation of contigmalloc(9). Moreover, this reimplementation of contigmalloc(9) eliminates the acquisition of Giant by contigmalloc(..., M_NOWAIT, ...). The twist is that this allocator tries to reduce the number of TLB misses incurred by accesses through a direct map to small, UMA-managed objects and page table pages. Roughly speaking, the physical pages that are allocated for such purposes are clustered together in the physical address space. The performance benefits vary. In the most extreme case, a uniprocessor kernel running on an Opteron, I measured an 18% reduction in system time during a buildworld. This allocator does not implement page coloring. The reason is that superpages have much the same effect. The contiguous physical memory allocation necessary for a superpage is inherently colored. Finally, the one caveat is that this allocator does not effectively support prezeroed pages. I hope this is temporary. On i386, this is a slight pessimization. However, on amd64, the beneficial effects of the direct-map optimization outweigh the ill effects. I speculate that this is true in general of machines with a direct map. Approved by: re
Revision 1.595: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jun 16 01:56:04 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by delphij
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.594: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.594: +1 -0 lines
MFp4: Add tmpfs, an efficient memory file system. Please note that, this is currently considered as an experimental feature so there could be some rough edges. Consult http://wiki.freebsd.org/TMPFS for more information. For now, connect tmpfs to build on i386 and amd64 architectures only. Please let us know if you have success with other platforms. This work was developed by Julio M. Merino Vidal for NetBSD as a SoC project; Rohit Jalan ported it from NetBSD to FreeBSD. Howard Su and Glen Leeder are worked on it to continue this effort. Obtained from: NetBSD via p4 Submitted by: Howard Su (with some minor changes) Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.594: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 14 22:59:04 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.593: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.593: +12 -24 lines
- Fix so ifn's are properly deleted when the ref count goes to 0. - Fix so VRF's will clean themselves up when no references are around. - Allow sctp_ifa to be passed into inpcb_bind, addr_mgmt_ep_sa to bypass normal validation checks. - turn auto-asconf off for subset bound sockets - Moves all logging to use KTR. This gets rid of most of the logging #ifdef's with a few exceptions reducing the number of config options for SCTP.
Revision 1.593: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 13 14:01:42 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.592: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.592: +0 -1 lines
Remove IPX over IP tunneling support, which allows IPX routing over IP tunnels, and was not MPSAFE. The code can be easily restored in the event that someone with an IPX over IP tunnel configuration can work with me to test patches. This removes one of five remaining consumers of NET_NEEDS_GIANT. Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.592: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 13 04:27:35 2007 UTC (4 years, 7 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.591: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.591: +1 -0 lines
Add the MBR partitioning scheme to g_part. This does not yet support the ability to install boot code.
Revision 1.591: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 8 21:36:52 2007 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by attilio
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.590: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.590: +0 -1 lines
Remove the MUTEX_WAKE_ALL option and make it the default behaviour for our mutexes. Currently we alredy force MUTEX_WAKE_ALL beacause of some problems with the !MUTEX_WAKE_ALL case (unavioidable priority inversion).
Revision 1.590: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 5 00:12:36 2007 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.589: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.589: +0 -1 lines
- Remove sched_core.c. The maintainer has lost interest in pursuing this and it has been neglected in the recent ksegrp removal as well as the thread_lock() changes. Discussed with: davidxu
Revision 1.589: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 30 17:39:44 2007 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.588: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.588: +1 -0 lines
- Fix a memory overwrite when the mapping array is expanded, size of expansion was not taken int consideration. - Fix so vtag hash is 1 bigger so that it modulo's out correctly, avoids a panic when restart with right modulo happens. - do not dereference stcb when control->do_not_ref_stcb is set - Fix up packet logging to not often use a lock and also to add to options. - Fix some logging option duplication in the sctputil.h
Revision 1.588: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 15 16:43:01 2007 UTC (4 years, 8 months ago) by mav
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.587: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.587: +1 -0 lines
A node that implements various traffic shaping and rate limiting algorithms (ng_car). Approved by: glebius (mentor)
Revision 1.587: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 6 17:04:34 2007 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by piso
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.586: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.586: +3 -0 lines
Make interrupt filtering support compilable. The entire code is wrapperd in #ifdef ... #endif so it won't harm the actual implementation, but developers are encouraged to test it. For arm, ia64, ppc, sparc64 and sun4v some work is still needed, thus arch maintainers are encouraged to bring their arch on par with respect to i386 and amd64. Approved by: re (implicit?)
Revision 1.586: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 14 20:16:03 2007 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.585: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.585: +1 -0 lines
Add option for disabling allocation from the packet zone
Revision 1.585: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 4 14:44:15 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.584: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.584: +0 -1 lines
Retire unused TCP_SACK_DEBUG.
Revision 1.584: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 31 23:23:41 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.583: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.583: +2 -0 lines
Optimize sx locks to use simple atomic operations for the common cases of obtaining and releasing shared and exclusive locks. The algorithms for manipulating the lock cookie are very similar to that rwlocks. This patch also adds support for exclusive locks using the same algorithm as mutexes. A new sx_init_flags() function has been added so that optional flags can be specified to alter a given locks behavior. The flags include SX_DUPOK, SX_NOWITNESS, SX_NOPROFILE, and SX_QUITE which are all identical in nature to the similar flags for mutexes. Adaptive spinning on select locks may be enabled by enabling the ADAPTIVE_SX kernel option. Only locks initialized with the SX_ADAPTIVESPIN flag via sx_init_flags() will adaptively spin. The common cases for sx_slock(), sx_sunlock(), sx_xlock(), and sx_xunlock() are now performed inline in non-debug kernels. As a result, <sys/sx.h> now requires <sys/lock.h> to be included prior to <sys/sx.h>. The new kernel option SX_NOINLINE can be used to disable the aforementioned inlining in non-debug kernels. The size of struct sx has changed, so the kernel ABI is probably greatly disturbed. MFC after: 1 month Submitted by: attilio Tested by: kris, pjd
Revision 1.583: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 27 19:32:40 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.582: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.582: +1 -1 lines
Sort.
Revision 1.582: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 22 18:16:39 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by jkim
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.581: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.581: +0 -1 lines
Catch up with ACPI-CA 20070320 import.
Revision 1.581: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 22 16:09:23 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.580: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.580: +1 -0 lines
- Simplify the #ifdef's for adaptive mutexes and rwlocks by conditionally defining a macro earlier in the file. - Add NO_ADAPTIVE_RWLOCKS option to disable adaptive spinning for rwlocks.
Revision 1.580: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 21 18:25:28 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.579: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.579: +0 -1 lines
Make TCP_DROP_SYNFIN a standard part of TCP. Disabled by default it doesn't impede normal operation negatively and is only a few lines of code. It's close relatives blackhole and log_in_vain aren't options either.
Revision 1.579: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 20 10:19:09 2007 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.578: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.578: +1 -0 lines
Adds missing flight size logging option for SCTP.
Revision 1.578: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 27 12:05:25 2007 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.577: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.577: +1 -0 lines
Add GEOM_MULTIPATH so LINT will build. Pointy hat to: mjacob
Revision 1.577: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 27 06:42:04 2007 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.576: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.576: +1 -0 lines
Further improvements to LOCK_PROFILING: - Fix missing initialization in kern_rwlock.c causing bogus times to be collected - Move updates to the lock hash to after the lock is released for spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks - Add new kernel build option LOCK_PROFILE_FAST - only update lock profiling statistics when an acquisition is contended. This reduces the overhead of LOCK_PROFILING to increasing system time by 20%-25% which on "make -j8 kernel-toolchain" on a dual woodcrest is unmeasurable in terms of wall-clock time. Contrast this to enabling lock profiling without LOCK_PROFILE_FAST and I see a 5x-6x slowdown in wall-clock time.
Revision 1.576: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 10 13:59:13 2007 UTC (5 years ago) by bms
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.575: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.575: +0 -1 lines
Build PIM by default as part of the IPv4 multicast forwarding path. Make PIM dynamically loadable by using encap_attach_func(). PIM may now be loaded into a GENERIC kernel. Tested with: ports/net/pimdd && tcpreplay && wireshark Reviewed by: Pavlin Radoslavov
Revision 1.575: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 7 18:55:29 2007 UTC (5 years ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.574: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.574: +2 -2 lines
Evolve the ctlreq interface added to geom_gpt into a generic partitioning class that supports multiple schemes. Current schemes supported are APM (Apple Partition Map) and GPT. Change all GEOM_APPLE anf GEOM_GPT options into GEOM_PART_APM and GEOM_PART_GPT (resp). The ctlreq interface supports verbs to create and destroy partitioning schemes on a disk; to add, delete and modify partitions; and to commit or undo changes made.
Revision 1.574: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 30 05:01:06 2007 UTC (5 years ago) by rodrigc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.573: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.573: +0 -3 lines
Remove MSDOSFS_LARGE compile time option. It has been converted to a run time "-o large" mount option. PR: 105964 MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.510.2.20: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 28 17:14:56 2007 UTC (5 years ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.19: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.19: +2 -0 lines
Merge the ng_deflate(4) and ng_pred1(4) nodes. Submitted by: Alexander Motin <mav alkar.net>
Revision 1.573: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 18 13:33:36 2007 UTC (5 years ago) by marius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.572: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.572: +2 -0 lines
Wrap the EISA-specific parts of the dpt(4) and si(4) back-ends in the newly added DEV_EISA. This is done so that these back-ends can be compiled on platforms not providing in{b,w,l}()/out{b,w,l}() and friends (but may wish to use them together with bus front-ends other than the EISA one).
Revision 1.572: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 10 18:45:17 2007 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by marius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.571: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.571: +1 -0 lines
Add missing SC_NO_MODE_CHANGE option. Disable it in the powerpc NOTES though, as ofw_syscons(4) doesn't properly interface with syscons(4) regarding loading the font specified with SC_DFLT_FONT, causing a kernel with both options SC_OFWFB and SC_NO_MODE_CHANGE to not link.
Revision 1.571: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 3 11:12:54 2007 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by piso
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.570: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.570: +1 -0 lines
Wrap ipfw nat support in a new kernel config option named "IPFIREWALL_NAT": this way nat is turned off by default and POLA is preserved. Reviewed by: rwatson
Revision 1.570: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 29 13:59:02 2006 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.569: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.569: +1 -0 lines
Work around a long standing LOR with user/group rules by doing the socket lookup early. This has some performance implications and should not be enabled by default, but might help greatly in certain setups. After some more testing this could be turned into a sysctl. Tested by: avatar LOR ids: 17, 24, 32, 46, 191 (conceptual) MFC after: 6 weeks
Revision 1.569: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 29 13:16:42 2006 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.568: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.568: +2 -0 lines
Build bits for ng_deflate(4) and ng_pred1(4).
Revision 1.568: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 18 05:42:33 2006 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.567: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.567: +1 -1 lines
spelling nit
Revision 1.567: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 10 04:23:23 2006 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.566: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.566: +2 -0 lines
Make MAXPHYS and DFLTPHYS options (finally).
Revision 1.566: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 30 04:17:04 2006 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by jb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.565: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.565: +3 -0 lines
Turn console printf buffering into a kernel option and only on by default for sun4v where it is absolutely required. This change moves the buffer from struct pcpu to the stack to avoid using the critical section which created a LOR in a couple of cases due to interaction with the tty code and kqueue. The LOR can't be fixed with the critical section and the pcpu buffer can't be used without the critical section. Putting the buffer on the stack was my initial solution, but it was pointed out that the stress on the stack might cause problems depending on the call path. We don't have a way of creating tests for those possible cases, so it's best to leave this as an option for the time being. In time we may get enough data to enable this option more generally.
Revision 1.565: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 21 08:23:20 2006 UTC (5 years, 2 months ago) by jb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.564: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.564: +0 -1 lines
Remove the KDTRACE option because I can't implement it the way I intended due to licensing restrictions. I had intended that it would be defaulted on, with opt-out possible for companies that don't accept the CDDL. The FreeBSD GENERIC kernel has to be entirely BSD licensed, so the only alternative would have been to make KDTRACE an opt-in option. That isn't a design I favour.
Revision 1.564: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 11 03:18:06 2006 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by kmacy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.563: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.563: +1 -1 lines
MUTEX_PROFILING has been generalized to LOCK_PROFILING. We now profile wait (time waited to acquire) and hold times for *all* kernel locks. If the architecture has a system synchronized TSC, the profiling code will use that - thereby minimizing profiling overhead. Large chunks of profiling code have been moved out of line, the overhead measured on the T1 for when it is compiled in but not enabled is < 1%. Approved by: scottl (standing in for mentor rwatson) Reviewed by: des and jhb
Revision 1.563: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 3 15:23:14 2006 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by rrs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.562: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.562: +27 -0 lines
Ok, here it is, we finally add SCTP to current. Note that this work is not just mine, but it is also the works of Peter Lei and Michael Tuexen. They both are my two key other developers working on the project.. and they need ata-boy's too: **** peterlei@cisco.com tuexen@fh-muenster.de **** I did do a make sysent which updated the syscall's and sysproto.. I hope that is correct... without it you don't build since we have new syscalls for SCTP :-0 So go out and look at the NOTES, add option SCTP (make sure inet and inet6 are present too) and play with SCTP. I will see about comitting some test tools I have after I figure out where I should place them. I also have a lib (libsctp.a) that adds some of the missing socketapi functions that I need to put into lib's.. I will talk to George about this :-) There may still be some 64 bit issues in here, none of us have a 64 bit processor to test with yet.. Michael may have a MAC but thats another beast too.. If you have a mac and want to use SCTP contact Michael he maintains a web site with a loadable module with this code :-) Reviewed by: gnn Approved by: gnn
Revision 1.562: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 2 00:54:33 2006 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.561: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.561: +0 -1 lines
2nd and final commit that moves us to CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE as the default. Reviewed by multitudes.
Revision 1.561: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 31 22:22:29 2006 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.560: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.560: +4 -0 lines
Hook up gjournal bits to the build. Sponsored by: home.pl
Revision 1.560: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 6 10:43:42 2006 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.559: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.559: +1 -0 lines
Added the GEOM_CACHE option. Reminded by: pjd
Revision 1.559: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 26 12:36:33 2006 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.558: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.558: +1 -0 lines
Added COMPAT_FREEBSD6 option.
Revision 1.558: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 20 13:33:40 2006 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.557: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.557: +0 -1 lines
Remove MAC_DEBUG label counters, which were used to debug leaks and other problems while labels were first being added to various kernel objects. They have outlived their usefulness. MFC after: 1 month Suggested by: Christopher dot Vance at SPARTA dot com Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.510.2.19: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 2 13:12:08 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_6
CVS tags: RELENG_6_2_BP, RELENG_6_2_0_RELEASE, RELENG_6_2
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.18: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.18: +1 -0 lines
Merge NOTES:1.1351, files:1.1092,1.1095, and options:1.528 from HEAD to RELENG_6: hook up audit to the build. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.510.2.18: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 27 07:58:20 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by marck
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.17: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.17: +0 -1 lines
MFC: Remove config(8)'s knowledge about NMBCLUSTERS, no code in /sys knows about it any more. Remove references to NMBCLUSTERS which is obsoleted. PR: 100427 Revision Changes Path 1.1373 +1 -4 src/sys/conf/NOTES 1.552 +0 -1 src/sys/conf/options 1.42 +1 -1 src/sys/boot/common/help.common 1.86 +2 -4 src/sys/boot/common/loader.8
Revision 1.510.2.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 24 14:06:59 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.16: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.16: +4 -0 lines
Fix build breakage.
Revision 1.510.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 24 05:40:16 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.15: +0 -5 lines
MFC: Remove IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED as an option. Allow that behaviour by default. Reviewed by: glebius
Revision 1.510.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 22 16:52:40 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by rink
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.14: +3 -0 lines
MFC: FreeBSD/xbox support, as per the patch posted to arch@ A kernel with 'options XBOX' will be bootable on a Microsoft Xbox (it will do nothing extra if booted on a non-xbox i386) The /sys/i386/conf/XBOX kernel configuration file contains a kernel with support for all XBOX peripherals. Approved by: imp (mentor) Reviewed by: arch@ (no objection)
Revision 1.557: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 17 00:37:03 2006 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.556: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.556: +0 -1 lines
Remove the IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED option and make it on by default as it always was in older versions of FreeBSD. This option is pointless as it is needed in just about every interesting usage of forward that I have ever seen. It doesn't make the system any safer and just wastes huge amounts of develper time when the system doesn't behave as expected when code is moved from 4.x to 6.x It doesn't make the system any safer and just wastes huge amounts of develper time when the system doesn't behave as expected when code is moved from 4.x to 6.x or 7.x Reviewed by: glebius MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.510.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 10 10:40:45 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.13: +1 -0 lines
MFC ng_tag(4): A netgraph node that can do different manipulations with mbuf_tags(9) on packets. Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight tpu.ru> mdoc(7) reviewed by: ru
Revision 1.556: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 3 05:19:33 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by jb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.555: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.555: +2 -0 lines
Add an option to enable KSE support. Add an option to build in kernel DTrace hooks. Without this option, the DTrace modules acn't be loaded.
Revision 1.555: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 29 18:38:53 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.554: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.554: +0 -5 lines
Remove sio(4) and related options from MI files to amd64, i386 and pc98 MD files. Remove nodevice and nooption lines specific to sio(4) from ia64, powerpc and sparc64 NOTES. There were no such lines for arm yet. sio(4) is usable on less than half the platforms, not counting a future mips platform. Its presence in MI files is therefore increasingly becoming a burden.
Revision 1.510.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 24 23:20:58 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by thompsa
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.12: +1 -0 lines
MFC Add a pseudo interface for packet filtering IPSec connections before or after encryption. r1.2 src/share/man/man4/enc.4 r1.4 src/share/man/man4/fast_ipsec.4 r1.1126 src/sys/conf/files r1.549 src/sys/conf/options r1.4 src/sys/net/if_enc.c r1.22 src/sys/net/if_types.h r1.12 src/sys/netipsec/ipsec.h r1.12 src/sys/netipsec/ipsec_input.c r1.12 src/sys/netipsec/ipsec_output.c r1.13 src/sys/netipsec/xform_ipip.c
Revision 1.510.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 24 17:34:12 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by imp
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.11: +2 -0 lines
MFC: NO_SYSCTL_DESCR option.
Revision 1.554: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 18 17:00:51 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.553: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.553: +3 -0 lines
Add new kernel config option. NO_SYSCTL_DESCR to omit the descriptions for the sysctls. This saves a lot of space in the resulting kernel which is important for embedded systems. This change was done in a ABI compatible way. The pointer is still there, it just points to an empty string instead of the description. MFC After: 3 days
Revision 1.553: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 17 09:07:01 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.552: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.552: +0 -4 lines
Remove the NDEVFSINO and NDEVFSOVERFLOW options which no longer exists in DEVFS. Remove the opt_devfs.h file now that it is empty.
Revision 1.552: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 17 08:14:46 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.551: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.551: +0 -1 lines
Remove config(8)'s knowledge about NMBCLUSTERS, no code in /sys knows about it any more.
Revision 1.551: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 15 20:22:40 2006 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by netchild
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.550: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.550: +3 -0 lines
- Connect the snd_emu10kx driver to the build. [1] - Bump __FreeBSD_version, no need to build the port now. Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov <Yuriy.Tsibizov@gfk.ru> [1]
Revision 1.510.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 11 16:34:13 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.10: +0 -12 lines
MFC: delete ath hal options so we don't clobber released opt_ah.h
Revision 1.550: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 27 12:45:27 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.549: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.549: +1 -0 lines
A netgraph node that can do different manipulations with mbuf_tags(9) on packets. Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight tpu.ru> mdoc(7) reviewed by: ru
Revision 1.549: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 26 22:30:07 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by thompsa
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.548: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.548: +1 -0 lines
Add a pseudo interface for packet filtering IPSec connections before or after encryption. There are two functions, a bpf tap which has a basic header with the SPI number which our current tcpdump knows how to display, and handoff to pfil(9) for packet filtering. Obtained from: OpenBSD Based on: kern/94829 No objections: arch, net MFC after: 1 month
Revision 1.548: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 26 22:03:21 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by babkin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.547: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.547: +0 -1 lines
Backed out the change by request from rwatson. PR: kern/14584
Revision 1.547: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 25 18:37:43 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by babkin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.546: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.546: +1 -0 lines
The common UID/GID space implementation. It has been discussed on -arch in 1999, and there are changes to the sysctl names compared to PR, according to that discussion. The description is in sys/conf/NOTES. Lines in the GENERIC files are added in commented-out form. I'll attach the test script I've used to PR. PR: kern/14584 Submitted by: babkin
Revision 1.191.2.66: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 23 16:47:44 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.65: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.192: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.65: +3 -0 lines
MF6: Add the bce(4) driver. Unlike the driver in 6.x and later this driver does not support jumbo frames or hardware vlan tagging.
Revision 1.191.2.65: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 22 15:22:04 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.64: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.64: +1 -0 lines
Add mfi without the Linux ioctl layer.
Revision 1.510.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 15 17:57:49 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by ambrisko
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.9: +1 -0 lines
MFC, let's hook up things to the build and see what I messed up!
- enable linsysfs
- enable mfi_linux
- enable ipmi
A new make universe will be fired off shortly once this makes it back
via cvsup.
Revision 1.546: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 13 13:12:55 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by davidxu
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.545: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.545: +1 -0 lines
Add scheduler CORE, the work I have done half a year ago, recent, I picked it up again. The scheduler is forked from ULE, but the algorithm to detect an interactive process is almost completely different with ULE, it comes from Linux paper "Understanding the Linux 2.6.8.1 CPU Scheduler", although I still use same word "score" as a priority boost in ULE scheduler. Briefly, the scheduler has following characteristic: 1. Timesharing process's nice value is seriously respected, timeslice and interaction detecting algorithm are based on nice value. 2. per-cpu scheduling queue and load balancing. 3. O(1) scheduling. 4. Some cpu affinity code in wakeup path. 5. Support POSIX SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR. Unlike scheduler 4BSD and ULE which using fuzzy RQ_PPQ, the scheduler uses 256 priority queues. Unlike ULE which using pull and push, the scheduelr uses pull method, the main reason is to let relative idle cpu do the work, but current the whole scheduler is protected by the big sched_lock, so the benefit is not visible, it really can be worse than nothing because all other cpu are locked out when we are doing balancing work, which the 4BSD scheduelr does not have this problem. The scheduler does not support hyperthreading very well, in fact, the scheduler does not make the difference between physical CPU and logical CPU, this should be improved in feature. The scheduler has priority inversion problem on MP machine, it is not good for realtime scheduling, it can cause realtime process starving. As a result, it seems the MySQL super-smack runs better on my Pentium-D machine when using libthr, despite on UP or SMP kernel.
Revision 1.545: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 12 21:07:12 2006 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by marius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.544: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.544: +4 -1 lines
Make the ISAPNP code optional and only enable it on i386 and pc98 (used
for CBUS-PNP cards there) by default, as there are no amd64 and sparc64
machines with ISA slots and which therefore could make use of this code
known to exist. For sparc64 this additionally allows to get rid of the
compat shims for in{b,w,l}()/out{b,w,l}() etc and the associated hacks.
OK'ed by: imp, peter
Revision 1.544: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 7 17:53:15 2006 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.543: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.543: +0 -13 lines
remove ath hal options; having them here causes opt_ah.h to be clobbered by config and that breaks builds unless one duplicates the options in the config file MFC after: 1 month
Revision 1.543: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 18 23:30:47 2006 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by ambrisko
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.542: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.542: +1 -0 lines
Add in a bunch of things to the mfi driver:
- Linux ioctl support, with the other Linux changes MegaCli
will run if you mount linprocfs & linsysfs then set
sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.12 or similar. This works
on i386. It should work on amd64 but not well tested yet.
StoreLib may or may not work. Remember to kldload mfi_linux.
- Add in AEN (Async Event Notification) support so we can
get messages from the firmware when something happens.
Not all messages are in defined in event detail. Use
event_log to try to figure out what happened.
- Try to implement something like SIGIO for StoreLib. Since
mrmonitor doesn't work right I can't fully test it. StoreLib
works best with the rh9 base. In theory mrmonitor isn't
needed due to native driver support of AEN :-)
Now we can configure and monitor the RAID better.
Submitted by: IronPort Systems.
Revision 1.510.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat May 13 23:40:44 2006 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by tegge
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.8: +5 -0 lines
MFC: Add NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT kernel option.
Revision 1.542: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 12 20:39:22 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.541: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.541: +0 -4 lines
Remove ip6fw. Since ipfw has full functional IPv6 support now and - in contrast to ip6fw - is properly lockes, it is time to retire ip6fw.
Revision 1.541: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 12 02:01:38 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by benno
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.540: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.540: +1 -0 lines
Add a new kernel config option, VERBOSE_SYSINIT. When porting FreeBSD to a new platform, one of the more useful things to do is get mi_startup() to let you know which SYSINIT it's up to. Most people tend to whack a printf in the SYSINIT loop to print the address of the function it's about to call. Going one better, jhb made a version that uses DDB to look up the name of the function and print that instead. This version is essentially his with the addition of some ifdeffery to make it optional and to allow it to work (although using only the function address, not the symbol) if you forgot to enable DDB. All the cool bits by: jhb Approved by: scottl, rink, cognet, imp
Revision 1.540: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 7 18:12:17 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by netchild
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.539: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.539: +0 -1 lines
- change the example of compiling only specific modules to not contain
the linux module, since it is not cross-platform
- move linprocfs from "files" and "options" to architecture specific files,
since it only makes sense to build this for those architectures, where we
also have a linuxolator
- disable the build of the linuxolator on our tier-2 architecture "Alpha":
* we don't have a linux_base port which supports Alpha and at the
same time is not outdated/obsoleted upstream/in a good condition/
currently working
* the upcomming new default linux base port is based upon Fedora
Core 3 (security support via http://www.fedoralegacy.org), which
isn't available for Alpha (like the current default linux base
port which is based upon Red Hat 8)
* nobody answered my request for testing it ~1 month ago on
current@ and alpha@ (it doesn't surprises me, see above)
* a SoC student wouldn't have to waste time on something which
nobody is willing to test
This does not remove the alpha specific MD files of the linuxolator yet.
Discussed on: arch (mostly silence)
Spiritual support by: scottl
Revision 1.539: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 5 04:19:36 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.538: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.538: +1 -0 lines
AH_REGOPS_FUNC is needed for sparc MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.538: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 28 21:21:51 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.537: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.537: +0 -1 lines
Rewrite of puc(4). Significant changes are: o Properly use rman(9) to manage resources. This eliminates the need to puc-specific hacks to rman. It also allows devinfo(8) to be used to find out the specific assignment of resources to serial/parallel ports. o Compress the PCI device "database" by optimizing for the common case and to use a procedural interface to handle the exceptions. The procedural interface also generalizes the need to setup the hardware (program chipsets, program clock frequencies). o Eliminate the need for PUC_FASTINTR. Serdev devices are fast by default and non-serdev devices are handled by the bus. o Use the serdev I/F to collect interrupt status and to handle interrupts across ports in priority order. o Sync the PCI device configuration to include devices found in NetBSD and not yet merged to FreeBSD. o Add support for Quatech 2, 4 and 8 port UARTs. o Add support for a couple dozen Timedia serial cards as found in Linux.
Revision 1.537: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 25 15:56:52 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by mr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.536: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.536: +0 -3 lines
make BGE_FAKE_AUTONEG a tunable. This allows one to change the behavior of the driver pre-boot. NOTE: This patch was made for DragonFly BSD by Sepherosa Ziehau. PR: kern/94833 Submitted by: Devon H. O'Dell Obtained from: DragonFly MFC after: 1 month
Revision 1.536: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 24 23:31:50 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.535: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.535: +2 -0 lines
o Move ISA specific code from ppc.c to ppc_isa.c -- a bus front- end for isa(4). o Add a seperate bus frontend for acpi(4) and allow ISA DMA for it when ISA is configured in the kernel. This allows acpi(4) attachments in non-ISA configurations, as is possible for ia64. o Add a seperate bus frontend for pci(4) and detect known single port parallel cards. o Merge PC98 specific changes under pc98/cbus into the MI driver. The changes are minor enough for conditional compilation and in this form invites better abstraction. o Have ppc(4) usabled on all platforms, now that ISA specifics are untangled enough.
Revision 1.535: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 18 22:24:55 2006 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.534: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.534: +1 -0 lines
Add ISP_DEFAULT_ROLES as a config option.
Revision 1.510.2.7.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 12 18:09:27 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_6_1
CVS tags: RELENG_6_1_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.7: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.510.2.8: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.7: +3 -0 lines
MFC: add bce Approved by: re
Revision 1.510.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 12 17:45:25 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.7: +3 -0 lines
MFC: Add bce Approved by: re
Revision 1.534: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 10 20:04:21 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by ps
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.533: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.533: +3 -0 lines
Hook bce up to the build
Revision 1.510.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 5 15:44:10 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by hrs
Branches: RELENG_6
CVS tags: RELENG_6_1_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_6_1
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.6: +2 -1 lines
MFC the following change: Retire NETSMBCRYPTO as a kernel option and make its functionality enabled by default in NETSMB and smbfs.ko. With the most of modern SMB providers requiring encryption by default, there is little sense left in keeping the crypto part of NETSMB optional at the build time. This will also return smbfs.ko to its former properties users are rather accustomed to. Submitted by: yar Approved by: re (implicitly)
Revision 1.510.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 4 23:55:33 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.5: +8 -0 lines
MFC: ath config option additions/changes Approved by: re (scottl)
Revision 1.510.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 4 04:08:06 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.4: +1 -0 lines
Hook the MFI driver up to the kernel build. Approved by: re
Revision 1.533: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 3 18:14:01 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.532: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.532: +8 -0 lines
o add opt_ath.h enable tweaking various config parameters for the driver without modifying the source code o default debug msgs and diag support to off MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.532: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 29 09:57:22 2006 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.531: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.531: +1 -0 lines
Hook the MFI driver up to the build.
Revision 1.510.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 9 21:50:59 2006 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by yar
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.3: +1 -1 lines
MFC: Move the functionality controlled by "options TDFX_LINUX" from 3dfx.ko to a separate module, 3dfx_linux.ko. The option is retained in RELENG_6 for POLA reasons while it has been turned into "device tdfx_linux" in HEAD. Approved by: re (scottl)
Revision 1.531: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 5 22:52:16 2006 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by yar
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.530: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.530: +1 -2 lines
Retire NETSMBCRYPTO as a kernel option and make its functionality enabled by default in NETSMB and smbfs.ko. With the most of modern SMB providers requiring encryption by default, there is little sense left in keeping the crypto part of NETSMB optional at the build time. This will also return smbfs.ko to its former properties users are rather accustomed to. Discussed with: freebsd-stable, re (scottl) Not objected by: bp, tjr (silence) MFC after: 5 days
Revision 1.530: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 3 21:37:36 2006 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by yar
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.529: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.529: +0 -1 lines
Take the functionality contained in the former "options TDFX_LINUX" into a separate module. Accordingly, convert the option into a device named similarly. Note for MFC: Perhaps the option should stay in RELENG_6 for POLA reasons. Suggested by: scottl Reviewed by: cokane MFC after: 5 days
Revision 1.529: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 3 18:09:37 2006 UTC (5 years, 11 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.528: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.528: +3 -0 lines
Move XBOX option to options. While it is only valid on i386, syscons_isa is shared with other machines.
Revision 1.528: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 1 21:00:16 2006 UTC (6 years ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.527: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.527: +1 -0 lines
Add 'options AUDIT' and associate various .c files with the AUDIT option. We always build audit_syscalls.c so that the system call stubs can return ENOSYS rather than the system call code generating SIGSYS for the system calls. We are not yet ready to add AUDIT to LINT, as the prototypes for system call arguments won't be there until after the system calls for audit are added. Much work from: wsalamon Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.527: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 31 11:09:21 2006 UTC (6 years ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.526: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.526: +3 -0 lines
Add buffer corruption protection (RedZone) for kernel's malloc(9). It detects both: buffer underflows and buffer overflows bugs at runtime (on free(9) and realloc(9)) and prints backtraces from where memory was allocated and from where it was freed. Tested by: kris
Revision 1.526: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 30 13:45:14 2006 UTC (6 years ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.525: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.525: +2 -0 lines
Merge the //depot/user/yar/vlan branch into CVS. It contains some collective
work by yar, thompsa and myself. The checksum offloading part also involves
work done by Mihail Balikov.
The most important changes:
o Instead of global linked list of all vlan softc use a per-trunk
hash. The size of hash is dynamically adjusted, depending on
number of entries. This changes struct ifnet, replacing counter
of vlans with a pointer to trunk structure. This change is an
improvement for setups with big number of VLANs, several interfaces
and several CPUs. It is a small regression for a setup with a single
VLAN interface.
An alternative to dynamic hash is a per-trunk static array with
4096 entries, which is a compile time option - VLAN_ARRAY. In my
experiments the array is not an improvement, probably because such
a big trunk structure doesn't fit into CPU cache.
o Introduce an UMA zone for VLAN tags. Since drivers depend on it,
the zone is declared in kern_mbuf.c, not in optional vlan(4) driver.
This change is a big improvement for any setup utilizing vlan(4).
o Use rwlock(9) instead of mutex(9) for locking. We are the first
ones to do this! :)
o Some drivers can do hardware VLAN tagging + hardware checksum
offloading. Add an infrastructure for this. Whenever vlan(4) is
attached to a parent or parent configuration is changed, the flags
on vlan(4) interface are updated.
In collaboration with: yar, thompsa
In collaboration with: Mihail Balikov <mihail.balikov interbgc.com>
Revision 1.525: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 27 23:13:25 2006 UTC (6 years ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.524: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.524: +1 -0 lines
Add a basic reader/writer lock implementation to the kernel. This implementation is by no means perfect as far as some of the algorithms that it uses and the fact that it is missing some functionality (try locks and upgrades/downgrades are not there yet), however it does seem to work in my local testing. There is more detail in the comments in the code, but the short version follows. A reader/writer lock is very much like a regular mutex: it cannot be held across a voluntary sleep; it can be acquired in an interrupt thread; if the lock is held by a writer then the priority of any threads that block on the lock will be lent to the owner; the simple case lock operations all are done in a single atomic op. It also shares some similiarities with sx locks: it supports reader/writer semantics (multiple readers, but single writers); readers are allowed to recurse, but writers are not. We can extend this implementation further by either improving algorithms or adding new functionality, but this should at least give us a base to work with now. Reviewed by: arch (in theory) Tested on: i386 (4 cpu box with a kernel module that used 4 threads that randomly chose between read locks and write locks that ran w/o panicing for over a day solid. It usually panic'd within a few seconds when there were bugs during testing. :) The kernel module source is available on request.)
Revision 1.524: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 10 09:19:08 2006 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.523: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.523: +1 -0 lines
Move the old BSD4.3 tty compatibility from (!BURN_BRIDGES && COMPAT_43) to COMPAT_43TTY. Add COMPAT_43TTY to NOTES and */conf/GENERIC Compile tty_compat.c only under the new option. Spit out #warning "Old BSD tty API used, please upgrade." if ioctl_compat.h gets #included from userland.
Revision 1.523: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 6 04:44:09 2006 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.522: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.522: +5 -0 lines
New option: NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT. I did this in p4 about the same time that NetBSD implemented it independently of them (don't know which one was actually first). This saves about 24k for those times you don't need snapshot support (like when running off a ram disk, or in an embedded environment where size matters).
Revision 1.522: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 31 14:39:19 2005 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by netchild
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.521: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.521: +0 -5 lines
MI changes: - provide an interface (macros) to the page coloring part of the VM system, this allows to try different coloring algorithms without the need to touch every file [1] - make the page queue tuning values readable: sysctl vm.stats.pagequeue - autotuning of the page coloring values based upon the cache size instead of options in the kernel config (disabling of the page coloring as a kernel option is still possible) MD changes: - detection of the cache size: only IA32 and AMD64 (untested) contains cache size detection code, every other arch just comes with a dummy function (this results in the use of default values like it was the case without the autotuning of the page coloring) - print some more info on Intel CPU's (like we do on AMD and Transmeta CPU's) Note to AMD owners (IA32 and AMD64): please run "sysctl vm.stats.pagequeue" and report if the cache* values are zero (= bug in the cache detection code) or not. Based upon work by: Chad David <davidc@acns.ab.ca> [1] Reviewed by: alc, arch (in 2004) Discussed with: alc, Chad David, arch (in 2004)
Revision 1.521: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 12 10:15:11 2005 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.520: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.520: +6 -6 lines
Remove all redundant option file names that don't hurt readability.
Revision 1.520: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 12 01:14:59 2005 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by rodrigc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.519: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.519: +3 -0 lines
Hook XFS into kernel build.
Revision 1.519: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 3 01:40:38 2005 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by davidxu
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.518: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.518: +1 -0 lines
Add option P1003_1B_MQUEUE.
Revision 1.518: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 23 18:11:24 2005 UTC (6 years, 2 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.517: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.517: +1 -1 lines
Sort.
Revision 1.517: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 14 18:24:58 2005 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.516: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.516: +0 -1 lines
Remove the sx(4) driver at the request of the author. The author originally wrote it for 4.x and hasn't really had the time to fully update it to 5.x and later. Also, the author doesn't use the hardware anymore as well. If someone does need this driver they can always resurrect it from the Attic. Requested by: Frank Mayhar frank at exit dot com
Revision 1.510.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 7 14:00:03 2005 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_6
CVS tags: RELENG_6_0_BP, RELENG_6_0_0_RELEASE, RELENG_6_0
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.2: +1 -3 lines
Big overall MFC of polling(4) cleanup: o First attempt on removing Giant from polling. Details: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/cvs-src/2005-September/051848.html o Second attempt, and big polling cleanup including: - Functinal approach to turning polling on/off - Deprecating of poll_in_trap - Removal of ifnet knowledge from kern_poll.c Details: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/cvs-src/2005-October/053267.html o Improved checking of user configurable sysctls. Details: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/cvs-src/2005-October/053351.html o Moving DEVICE_POLLING from opt_global.h to opt_device_polling.h: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/cvs-src/2005-October/053479.html o All related documentation fixes. Approved by: re (kensmith) Thanks to: everyone, who helped with testing
Revision 1.516: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 5 10:09:14 2005 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.515: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.515: +1 -3 lines
- Don't pollute opt_global.h with DEVICE_POLLING and introduce opt_device_polling.h - Include opt_device_polling.h into appropriate files. - Embrace with HAVE_KERNEL_OPTION_HEADERS the include in the files that can be compiled as loadable modules. Reviewed by: bde
Revision 1.515: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 27 18:10:30 2005 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.514: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.514: +0 -1 lines
Remove bridge(4) from the tree. if_bridge(4) is a full functional replacement and has additional features which make it superior. Discussed on: -arch Reviewed by: thompsa X-MFC-after: never (RELENG_6 as transition period)
Revision 1.514: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 18 20:53:53 2005 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.513: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.513: +0 -1 lines
No ED_NO_MIIBUS no more. Not one more or the same number of non positive options
Revision 1.510.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 5 20:02:46 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510.2.1: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Connect GEOM_ELI class to the build. Sponsored by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheel.pl Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.510.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 30 06:22:25 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510: +1 -0 lines
MFC: GEOM_ZERO class for performance testing. Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.513: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 27 21:47:55 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.512: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.512: +1 -0 lines
Connect GEOM_ELI class to the build. MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.512: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 25 10:49:04 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.511: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.511: +1 -0 lines
Connect GZERO to the build. MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.475.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 20 06:04:21 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by dwhite
Branches: RELENG_5
CVS tags: RELENG_5_5_BP, RELENG_5_5_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.476: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.11: +3 -0 lines
MFC: Undo 5.4-R bge hacks by default and provide kernel option to override.
Revision 1.511: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 15 05:12:49 2005 UTC (6 years, 6 months ago) by takawata
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.510: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.510: +1 -0 lines
Add options for sl811. Pointed out by: nyan
Revision 1.510: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 30 00:09:18 2005 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_6_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_6
Diff to: previous 1.509: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.509: +1 -0 lines
Add COMPAT_FREEBSD5 Approved by: re
Revision 1.509: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 24 21:43:46 2005 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by dwhite
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.508: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.508: +3 -0 lines
Backout the change I made before 5.4-R since I wasn't aware that it was only a problem with one particular switch module. Create a kernel option BGE_FAKE_AUTONEG that restores the 5.4 behavior, which should make the DNLK switch module work. IBM/Intel blades with Intel or AD switch modules should work without patching or kernel options with this commit. Hardware for testing provided by several folks, including Danny Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>, Achim Patzner <ap@bnc.net>, and OffMyServer. Approved by: re
Revision 1.508: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 24 00:16:57 2005 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.507: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.507: +1 -1 lines
Move HWPMC_HOOKS into its own opt_hwpmc_hooks.h file. It doesn't merit being in opt_global.h and forcing a global recompile when only a few files reference it. Approved by: re
Revision 1.507: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 21 10:17:54 2005 UTC (6 years, 7 months ago) by dumbbell
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.506: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.506: +1 -0 lines
Connect reiserfs build to every platforms, not only i386 and pc98. Reviewed by: mux (mentor) Approved by: re (dougb)
Revision 1.506: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 10 08:05:12 2005 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.505: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.505: +1 -0 lines
Attach ng_tcpmss to the build.
Revision 1.505: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 9 18:23:54 2005 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by ups
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.504: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.504: +1 -0 lines
Add IPI support for preempting a thread on another CPU. MFC after: 3 weeks
Revision 1.475.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 27 14:22:30 2005 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.10: +1 -0 lines
Make NETGRAPH_DEBUG a kernel option, so that it can be turned off without hacking source. In collaboration with: ru, julian
Revision 1.504: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 16 08:25:54 2005 UTC (6 years, 8 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.503: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.503: +1 -0 lines
Make NETGRAPH_DEBUG a kernel option, so that it can't be turned off without hacking source. In collaboration with: ru, julian
Revision 1.503: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 12 12:47:40 2005 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by nyan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.502: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.502: +0 -1 lines
- Move the NPX_DEBUG option to options.{i386,pc98} and use opt_npx.h.
- Move npx related defines to {i386,pc98}/include/npx.h to remove #include
{isa,cbus}.h.
Revision 1.502: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 5 23:41:21 2005 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.501: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.501: +1 -0 lines
ng_nat - a netgraph(4) node, which does NAT
Revision 1.501: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 5 22:43:03 2005 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.500: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.500: +1 -0 lines
libalias is now buildable as kernel module
Revision 1.500: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 28 16:33:15 2005 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by darrenr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.499: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.499: +1 -0 lines
Patches from Ruslan Ermilov to address problems compiling LINT
Revision 1.499: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 19 04:01:23 2005 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by jkoshy
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.498: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.498: +3 -0 lines
Bring a working snapshot of hwpmc(4), its associated libraries, userland utilities and documentation into -CURRENT. Bump FreeBSD_version. Reviewed by: alc, jhb (kernel changes)
Revision 1.498: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 3 23:49:13 2005 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.497: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.497: +3 -1 lines
- Move LOOKUP_SHARED from opt_global.h to opt_vfs.h so we don't have to recompile the whole kernel if we change it.
Revision 1.497: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 30 12:03:37 2005 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.496: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.496: +0 -6 lines
This is the much rumoured ATA mkIII update that I've been working on.
o ATA is now fully newbus'd and split into modules.
This means that on a modern system you just load "atapci and ata"
to get the base support, and then one or more of the device
subdrivers "atadisk atapicd atapifd atapist ataraid".
All can be loaded/unloaded anytime, but for obvious reasons you
dont want to unload atadisk when you have mounted filesystems.
o The device identify part of the probe has been rewritten to fix
the problems with odd devices the old had, and to try to remove
so of the long delays some HW could provoke. Also probing is done
without the need for interrupts, making earlier probing possible.
o SATA devices can be hot inserted/removed and devices will be created/
removed in /dev accordingly.
NOTE: only supported on controllers that has this feature:
Promise and Silicon Image for now.
On other controllers the usual atacontrol detach/attach dance is
still needed.
o Support for "atomic" composite ATA requests used for RAID.
o ATA RAID support has been rewritten and and now supports these
metadata formats:
"Adaptec HostRAID"
"Highpoint V2 RocketRAID"
"Highpoint V3 RocketRAID"
"Intel MatrixRAID"
"Integrated Technology Express"
"LSILogic V2 MegaRAID"
"LSILogic V3 MegaRAID"
"Promise FastTrak"
"Silicon Image Medley"
"FreeBSD PseudoRAID"
o Update the ioctl API to match new RAID levels etc.
o Update atacontrol to know about the new RAID levels etc
NOTE: you need to recompile atacontrol with the new sys/ata.h,
make world will take care of that.
NOTE2: that rebuild is done differently from the old system as
the rebuild is now done piggybacked on read requests to the
array, so atacontrol simply starts a background "dd" to rebuild
the array.
o The reinit code has been worked over to be much more robust.
o The timeout code has been overhauled for races.
o Support of new chipsets.
o Lots of fixes for bugs found while doing the modulerization and
reviewing the old code.
Missing or changed features from current ATA:
o atapi-cd no longer has support for ATAPI changers. Todays its
much cheaper and alot faster to copy those CD images to disk
and serve them from there. Besides they dont seem to be made
anymore, maybe for that exact reason.
o ATA RAID can only read metadata from all the above metadata formats,
not write all of them (Promise and Highpoint V2 so far). This means
that arrays can be picked up from the BIOS, but they cannot be
created from FreeBSD. There is more to it than just the missing
write metadata support, those formats are not unique to a given
controller like Promise and Highpoint formats, instead they exist
for several types, and even worse, some controllers can have
different formats and its impossible to tell which one.
The outcome is that we cannot reliably create the metadata of those
formats and be sure the controller BIOS will understand it.
However write support is needed to update/fail/rebuild the arrays
properly so it sits fairly high on the TODO list.
o So far atapicam is not supported with these changes. When/if this
will change is up to the maintainer of atapi-cam so go there for
questions.
HW donated by: Webveveriet AS
HW donated by: Frode Nordahl
HW donated by: Yahoo!
HW donated by: Sentex
Patience by: Vife and my boys (and even the cats)
Revision 1.475.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 21 16:05:34 2005 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_5
CVS tags: RELENG_5_4_BP, RELENG_5_4_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_4
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.9: +1 -0 lines
MFC Common Address Redundancy Protocol implementation. Approved by: re
Revision 1.496: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 14 16:04:26 2005 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.495: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.495: +3 -0 lines
Add PSEUDOFS_TRACE option.
Revision 1.475.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 7 16:32:24 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by maxim
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.8: +1 -1 lines
MFC rev. 1.495: s/opt_ifpw.h/opt_ipfw.h/. Approved by: re (kensmith)
Revision 1.495: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 6 11:22:49 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by maxim
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.494: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.494: +1 -1 lines
o s/opt_ifpw.h/opt_ipfw.h/ in the previous commit. Submitted by: YONETANI Tomokazu
Revision 1.475.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 2 19:50:11 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by andre
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.7: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Bring back full packet destination manipulation for 'ipfw fwd' with the kernel compile time option: options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED This option has to be specified in addition to IPFIRWALL_FORWARD. PR: kern/71910 PR: kern/73129
Revision 1.475.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 1 13:32:16 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by pjd
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.6: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Connect SHSEC GEOM class to the build.
Revision 1.494: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 22 17:40:40 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.493: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.493: +1 -0 lines
Bring back the full packet destination manipulation for 'ipfw fwd' with the kernel compile time option: options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED This option has to be specified in addition to IPFIRWALL_FORWARD. With this option even packets targeted for an IP address local to the host can be redirected. All restrictions to ensure proper behaviour for locally generated packets are turned off. Firewall rules have to be carefully crafted to make sure that things like PMTU discovery do not break. Document the two kernel options. PR: kern/71910 PR: kern/73129 MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.493: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 22 13:04:03 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.492: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.492: +1 -0 lines
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing. Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride. FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier. Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
Revision 1.475.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 13 14:13:53 2005 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.5: +1 -0 lines
Merge kern_sysctl.c:1.162, options:1.486 and NOTES:1.1285 from HEAD to RELENG_5: date: 2004/10/27 19:26:01; author: rwatson; state: Exp; lines: +2 -0 date: 2004/10/27 19:26:01; author: rwatson; state: Exp; lines: +1 -0 date: 2004/10/27 19:26:01; author: rwatson; state: Exp; lines: +8 -0 Move the 'debug' sysctl tree under options SYSCTL_DEBUG. It generates an inordinate amount of synchronous console output that is fairly undesirable on slower serial console. It's easily hit by accident when frobbing other sysctls late at night.
Revision 1.492: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 9 20:03:39 2005 UTC (7 years ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.491: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.491: +3 -0 lines
Break out obscure ISA cards into their own files, as well as ne2000 and wd80x3 support. Make the obscure ISA cards optional, and add those options to NOTES on i386 (note: the ifdef around the whole code is for module building). Tweak pc98 ed support to include wd80x3 too. Add goo for alpha too. The affected cards are the 3Com 3C503, HP LAN+ and SIC (whatever that is). I couldn't find any of these for sale on ebay, so they are untested. If you have one of these cards, and send it to me, I'll ensure that you have no future problems with it... Minor cleanups as well by using functions rather than cut and paste code for some probing operations (where the function call overhead is lost in the noise). Remove use of kvtop, since they aren't required anymore. This driver needs to get its memory mapped act together, however, and use bus space. It doesn't right now. This reduces the size of if_ed.ko from about 51k to 33k on my laptop.
Revision 1.491: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 5 12:15:56 2005 UTC (7 years ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.490: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.490: +1 -0 lines
Hook up ng_ipfw to kernel build.
Revision 1.490: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 21 18:09:16 2005 UTC (7 years ago) by bmilekic
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.489: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.489: +3 -0 lines
Bring in MemGuard, a very simple and small replacement allocator designed to help detect tamper-after-free scenarios, a problem more and more common and likely with multithreaded kernels where race conditions are more prevalent. Currently MemGuard can only take over malloc()/realloc()/free() for particular (a) malloc type(s) and the code brought in with this change manually instruments it to take over M_SUBPROC allocations as an example. If you are planning to use it, for now you must: 1) Put "options DEBUG_MEMGUARD" in your kernel config. 2) Edit src/sys/kern/kern_malloc.c manually, look for "XXX CHANGEME" and replace the M_SUBPROC comparison with the appropriate malloc type (this might require additional but small/simple code modification if, say, the malloc type is declared out of scope). 3) Build and install your kernel. Tune vm.memguard_divisor boot-time tunable which is used to scale how much of kmem_map you want to allott for MemGuard's use. The default is 10, so kmem_size/10. ToDo: 1) Bring in a memguard(9) man page. 2) Better instrumentation (e.g., boot-time) of MemGuard taking over malloc types. 3) Teach UMA about MemGuard to allow MemGuard to override zone allocations too. 4) Improve MemGuard if necessary. This work is partly based on some old patches from Ian Dowse.
Revision 1.489: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 11 18:18:40 2005 UTC (7 years ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.488: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.488: +1 -0 lines
Connect SHSEC GEOM class to the build.
Revision 1.488: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 8 18:20:53 2004 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.487: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.487: +3 -0 lines
update for new ath hal
Revision 1.487: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 12 19:44:30 2004 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.486: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.486: +0 -1 lines
Catch a few more autofs references. Submitted by: obrien
Revision 1.475.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 10 19:11:12 2004 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by glebius
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.4: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Attach ng_netflow to build. Approved by: julian (mentor)
Revision 1.486: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 27 19:26:01 2004 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.485: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.485: +1 -0 lines
Move the 'debug' sysctl tree under options SYSCTL_DEBUG. It generates an inordinate amount of synchronous console output that is fairly undesirable on slower serial console. It's easily hit by accident when frobbing other sysctls late at night.
Revision 1.485: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 23 08:34:50 2004 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.484: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.484: +0 -3 lines
Per recent HEADSUP: Disconnect (old)vinum from the kernel build. Users should move to the new geom_vinum implementation instead. The refcount logic which is being added to devices to enable safe module unloading and the buf/vm work also in progress would require a major rework of the (old)-vinum code to comply with the new semantics. The actual source files will not be removed until I have coordinated with the geomvinum people if they need any bits repo-copied etc.
Revision 1.475.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 22 19:23:37 2004 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by andre
Branches: RELENG_5
CVS tags: RELENG_5_3_BP, RELENG_5_3_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_3
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.3: +0 -1 lines
MFC: Make PFIL_HOOKS a permanent part of the kernel and remove the associated kernel compile option. Approved by: re (scottl)
Revision 1.484: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 16 20:35:27 2004 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.483: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.483: +1 -0 lines
Attach ng_netflow to kernel build. Approved by: julian (mentor)
Revision 1.475.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 10 00:04:17 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.2: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Turn PREEMPTION into a kernel option. It is NOT enabled at this time. Approved by: re
Revision 1.475.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 3 03:09:54 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475.2.1: +1 -0 lines
Merge sys/conf/options:1.478, sys/net/netisr.c:1.12, and
sys/sys/kernel.h:1.118 to RELENG_5:
Change the default disposition of debug.mpsafenet from 0 to 1, which
will cause the network stack to operate without the Giant lock by
default. This change has the potential to improve performance by
increasing parallelism and decreasing latency in network processing.
Due to the potential exposure of existing or new bugs, the following
compatibility functionality is maintained:
- It is still possible to disable Giant-free operation by setting
debug.mpsafenet to 0 in loader.conf.
- Add "options NET_WITH_GIANT", which will restore the default value of
debug.mpsafenet to 0, and is intended for use on systems compiled with
known unsafe components, or where a more conservative configuration is
desired.
- Add a new declaration, NET_NEEDS_GIANT("componentname"), which permits
kernel components to declare dependence on Giant over the network
stack. If the declaration is made by a preloaded module or a compiled
in component, the disposition of debug.mpsafenet will be set to 0 and
a warning concerning performance degraded operation printed to the
console. If it is declared by a loadable kernel module after boot, a
warning is displayed but the disposition cannot be changed. This is
implemented by defining a new SYSINIT() value, SI_SUB_SETTINGS, which
is intended for the processing of configuration choices after tunables
are read in and the console is available to generate errors, but
before much else gets going.
This compatibility behavior will go away when we've finished the last
of the locking work and are confident that operation is correct.
Approved by: re (scottl, kensmith)
Revision 1.483: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 2 20:44:56 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.482: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.482: +1 -0 lines
Hook autofs to the build.
Revision 1.482: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 2 18:59:14 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.481: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.481: +2 -1 lines
Turn PREEMPTION into a kernel option. Make sure that it's defined if FULL_PREEMPTION is defined. Add a runtime warning to ULE if PREEMPTION is enabled (code inspired by the PREEMPTION warning in kern_switch.c). This is a possible MT5 candidate.
Revision 1.481: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 1 01:19:52 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by brooks
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.480: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.480: +0 -1 lines
General modernization of coda: - Ditch NVCODA - Don't use a static major - Don't declare functions extern Reviewed by: peter
Revision 1.480: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 30 23:03:56 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.479: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.479: +9 -0 lines
Kill count device support from config. I've changed the last few remaining consumers to have the count passed as an option. This is i4b, pc98/wdc, and coda. Bump configvers.h from 500013 to 600000. Remove heuristics that tried to parse "device ed5" as 5 units of the ed device. This broke things like the snd_emu10k1 device, which required quotes to make it parse right. The no-longer-needed quotes have been removed from NOTES, GENERIC etc. eg, I've removed the quotes from: device snd_maestro device "snd_maestro3" device snd_mss I believe everything will still compile and work after this.
Revision 1.479: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 29 11:10:09 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.478: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.478: +0 -1 lines
Remove the HW_WDOG option; it serves no purpose. MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.478: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 28 15:11:12 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.477: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.477: +1 -0 lines
Change the default disposition of debug.mpsafenet from 0 to 1, which
will cause the network stack to operate without the Giant lock by
default. This change has the potential to improve performance by
increasing parallelism and decreasing latency in network processing.
Due to the potential exposure of existing or new bugs, the following
compatibility functionality is maintained:
- It is still possible to disable Giant-free operation by setting
debug.mpsafenet to 0 in loader.conf.
- Add "options NET_WITH_GIANT", which will restore the default value of
debug.mpsafenet to 0, and is intended for use on systems compiled with
known unsafe components, or where a more conservative configuration is
desired.
- Add a new declaration, NET_NEEDS_GIANT("componentname"), which permits
kernel components to declare dependence on Giant over the network
stack. If the declaration is made by a preloaded module or a compiled
in component, the disposition of debug.mpsafenet will be set to 0 and
a warning concerning performance degraded operation printed to the
console. If it is declared by a loadable kernel module after boot, a
warning is displayed but the disposition cannot be changed. This is
implemented by defining a new SYSINIT() value, SI_SUB_SETTINGS, which
is intended for the processing of configuration choices after tunables
are read in and the console is available to generate errors, but
before much else gets going.
This compatibility behavior will go away when we've finished the last
of the locking work and are confident that operation is correct.
Revision 1.477: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 27 15:16:21 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.476: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.476: +0 -1 lines
Always compile PFIL_HOOKS into the kernel and remove the associated kernel compile option. All FreeBSD packet filters now use the PFIL_HOOKS API and thus it becomes a standard part of the network stack. If no hooks are connected the entire packet filter hooks section and related activities are jumped over. This removes any performance impact if no hooks are active. Both OpenBSD and DragonFlyBSD have integrated PFIL_HOOKS permanently as well.
Revision 1.475.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 25 21:05:42 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by jmg
Branches: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475: +2 -0 lines
MFC: add options to adjust MPROF buffers and hash size v1.7 MUTEX_PROFILING.9 v1.1262 NOTES v1.476 options v1.147 kern_mutex.c Approved by: re@ (scottl)
Revision 1.476: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 19 06:38:26 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.475: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.475: +2 -0 lines
add options MPROF_BUFFERS and MPROF_HASH_SIZE that adjust the sizes of the mutex profiling buffers. Document them in the man page and in NOTES. Ensure _HASH_SIZE is larger than _BUFFERS with a cpp error.
Revision 1.475: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 17 22:05:53 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by andre
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_5_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_5
Diff to: previous 1.474: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.474: +1 -0 lines
Convert ipfw to use PFIL_HOOKS. This is change is transparent to userland and preserves the ipfw ABI. The ipfw core packet inspection and filtering functions have not been changed, only how ipfw is invoked is different. However there are many changes how ipfw is and its add-on's are handled: In general ipfw is now called through the PFIL_HOOKS and most associated magic, that was in ip_input() or ip_output() previously, is now done in ipfw_check_[in|out]() in the ipfw PFIL handler. IPDIVERT is entirely handled within the ipfw PFIL handlers. A packet to be diverted is checked if it is fragmented, if yes, ip_reass() gets in for reassembly. If not, or all fragments arrived and the packet is complete, divert_packet is called directly. For 'tee' no reassembly attempt is made and a copy of the packet is sent to the divert socket unmodified. The original packet continues its way through ip_input/output(). ipfw 'forward' is done via m_tag's. The ipfw PFIL handlers tag the packet with the new destination sockaddr_in. A check if the new destination is a local IP address is made and the m_flags are set appropriately. ip_input() and ip_output() have some more work to do here. For ip_input() the m_flags are checked and a packet for us is directly sent to the 'ours' section for further processing. Destination changes on the input path are only tagged and the 'srcrt' flag to ip_forward() is set to disable destination checks and ICMP replies at this stage. The tag is going to be handled on output. ip_output() again checks for m_flags and the 'ours' tag. If found, the packet will be dropped back to the IP netisr where it is going to be picked up by ip_input() again and the directly sent to the 'ours' section. When only the destination changes, the route's 'dst' is overwritten with the new destination from the forward m_tag. Then it jumps back at the route lookup again and skips the firewall check because it has been marked with M_SKIP_FIREWALL. ipfw 'forward' has to be compiled into the kernel with 'option IPFIREWALL_FORWARD' to enable it. DUMMYNET is entirely handled within the ipfw PFIL handlers. A packet for a dummynet pipe or queue is directly sent to dummynet_io(). Dummynet will then inject it back into ip_input/ip_output() after it has served its time. Dummynet packets are tagged and will continue from the next rule when they hit the ipfw PFIL handlers again after re-injection. BRIDGING and IPFW_ETHER are not changed yet and use ipfw_chk() directly as they did before. Later this will be changed to dedicated ETHER PFIL_HOOKS. More detailed changes to the code: conf/files Add netinet/ip_fw_pfil.c. conf/options Add IPFIREWALL_FORWARD option. modules/ipfw/Makefile Add ip_fw_pfil.c. net/bridge.c Disable PFIL_HOOKS if ipfw for bridging is active. Bridging ipfw is still directly invoked to handle layer2 headers and packets would get a double ipfw when run through PFIL_HOOKS as well. netinet/ip_divert.c Removed divert_clone() function. It is no longer used. netinet/ip_dummynet.[ch] Neither the route 'ro' nor the destination 'dst' need to be stored while in dummynet transit. Structure members and associated macros are removed. netinet/ip_fastfwd.c Removed all direct ipfw handling code and replace it with the new 'ipfw forward' handling code. netinet/ip_fw.h Removed 'ro' and 'dst' from struct ip_fw_args. netinet/ip_fw2.c (Re)moved some global variables and the module handling. netinet/ip_fw_pfil.c New file containing the ipfw PFIL handlers and module initialization. netinet/ip_input.c Removed all direct ipfw handling code and replace it with the new 'ipfw forward' handling code. ip_forward() does not longer require the 'next_hop' struct sockaddr_in argument. Disable early checks if 'srcrt' is set. netinet/ip_output.c Removed all direct ipfw handling code and replace it with the new 'ipfw forward' handling code. netinet/ip_var.h Add ip_reass() as general function. (Used from ipfw PFIL handlers for IPDIVERT.) netinet/raw_ip.c Directly check if ipfw and dummynet control pointers are active. netinet/tcp_input.c Rework the 'ipfw forward' to local code to work with the new way of forward tags. netinet/tcp_sack.c Remove include 'opt_ipfw.h' which is not needed here. sys/mbuf.h Remove m_claim_next() macro which was exclusively for ipfw 'forward' and is no longer needed. Approved by: re (scottl)
Revision 1.474: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 16 06:36:20 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.473: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.473: +1 -0 lines
Connect RAID3 GEOM class to the build.
Revision 1.473: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 14 15:32:19 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by dwmalone
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.472: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.472: +0 -1 lines
Get rid of the RANDOM_IP_ID option and make it a sysctl. NetBSD
have already done this, so I have styled the patch on their work:
1) introduce a ip_newid() static inline function that checks
the sysctl and then decides if it should return a sequential
or random IP ID.
2) named the sysctl net.inet.ip.random_id
3) IPv6 flow IDs and fragment IDs are now always random.
Flow IDs and frag IDs are significantly less common in the
IPv6 world (ie. rarely generated per-packet), so there should
be smaller performance concerns.
The sysctl defaults to 0 (sequential IP IDs).
Reviewed by: andre, silby, mlaier, ume
Based on: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 months
Revision 1.472: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 13 09:40:58 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by fjoe
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.471: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.471: +1 -0 lines
Add geom_uzip -- geom class that implements read-only compressed disks. Currently supports cloop V2.0 disk compression format. May support more formats in future.
Revision 1.471: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 12 15:01:59 2004 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.470: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.470: +1 -0 lines
Allow the ATM call control module to be built into the kernel.
Revision 1.470: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 30 23:18:53 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.469: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.469: +1 -0 lines
Connect GEOM_MIRROR class to the build.
Revision 1.469: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 30 22:50:21 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.468: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.468: +0 -1 lines
Remove the old geom_mirror class. Approved by: phk
Revision 1.468: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 27 16:34:48 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.467: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.467: +1 -0 lines
Add "options ADAPTIVE_GIANT" which causes Giant to also be treated in an adaptive fashion when adaptive mutexes are enabled. The theory behind non-adaptive Giant is that Giant will be held for long periods of time, and therefore spinning waiting on it is wasteful. However, in MySQL benchmarks which are relatively Giant-free, running Giant adaptive makes an observable difference on SMP (5% transaction rate improvement). As such, make adaptive behavior on Giant an option so it can be more widely benchmarked.
Revision 1.467: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 20 12:42:54 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by glebius
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.466: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.466: +1 -0 lines
Add ng_device(4) to LINT. Reviewed by: marks Approved by: julian (mentor)
Revision 1.466: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 18 18:21:39 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by kan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.465: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.465: +1 -1 lines
Unbreak kernel compiles by preserving an old opt_adaptive_mutexes.h file name.
Revision 1.465: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 18 15:59:03 2004 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.464: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.464: +1 -1 lines
Enable ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES by default by changing the sense of the option to NO_ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES. This option has been enabled by default on amd64 for quite some time, and has been extensively tested on i386 and sparc64. It shows measurable performance gains in many circumstances, and few negative effects. It would be nice in t he future if adaptive mutexes actually went to sleep after a certain amount of spinning, but that will require quite a bit more testing.
Revision 1.464: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 11 01:44:07 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.463: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.463: +11 -18 lines
Update for the KDB framework: o Rename WITNESS_DDB to WITNESS_KDB. In the new world order KDB is the acronym to use for debugging related code. The DDB option is used to enable the DDB debugger backend only. o Likewise, rename DDB_TRACE to KDB_TRACE, rename DDB_UNATTENDED to KDB_UNATTENDED and rename SC_HISTORY_DDBKEY to SC_HISTORY_KDBKEY. o Remove DDB_NOKLDSYM. The new DDB backend supports pre-linker symbol lookups as well as KLD symbol lookups at the same time. o Remove GDB_REMOTE_CHAT. The GDB protocol hacks to allow this are FreeBSD specific. At the same time, the GDB protocol has packets for console output.
Revision 1.463: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 10 19:34:06 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.462: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.462: +9 -0 lines
Add new options for the KDB framework. This commit merely adds them and in particular not without removing the options they replace or in the proper location in this file. The purpose of this commit is to make it possible to commit changes in parts without causing massive build breakages. At least, that's the intend. I have no idea if it actually works out as I hope...
Revision 1.462: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 8 22:35:34 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by brian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.461: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.461: +5 -0 lines
Change the following environment variables to kernel options:
bootp -> BOOTP
bootp.nfsroot -> BOOTP_NFSROOT
bootp.nfsv3 -> BOOTP_NFSV3
bootp.compat -> BOOTP_COMPAT
bootp.wired_to -> BOOTP_WIRED_TO
- i.e. back out the previous commit. It's already possible to
pxeboot(8) with a GENERIC kernel.
Pointed out by: dwmalone
Revision 1.461: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 8 13:40:31 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by brian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.460: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.460: +0 -5 lines
Change the following kernel options to environment variables:
BOOTP -> bootp
BOOTP_NFSROOT -> bootp.nfsroot
BOOTP_NFSV3 -> bootp.nfsv3
BOOTP_COMPAT -> bootp.compat
BOOTP_WIRED_TO -> bootp.wired_to
This lets you PXE boot with a GENERIC kernel by putting this sort of thing
in loader.conf:
bootp="YES"
bootp.nfsroot="YES"
bootp.nfsv3="YES"
bootp.wired_to="bge1"
or even setting the variables manually from the OK prompt.
Revision 1.460: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 3 13:22:38 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tjr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.459: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.459: +3 -0 lines
By popular request, add a workaround that allows large (>128GB or so) FAT32 filesystems to be mounted, subject to some fairly serious limitations. This works by extending the internal pseudo-inode-numbers generated from the file's starting cluster number to 64-bits, then creating a table mapping these into arbitrary 32-bit inode numbers, which can fit in struct dirent's d_fileno and struct vattr's va_fileid fields. The mappings do not persist across unmounts or reboots, so it's not possible to export these filesystems through NFS. The mapping table may grow to be rather large, and may grow large enough to exhaust kernel memory on filesystems with millions of files. Don't enable this option unless you understand the consequences.
Revision 1.459: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 2 20:21:42 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.458: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.458: +1 -0 lines
Implement preemption of kernel threads natively in the scheduler rather than as one-off hacks in various other parts of the kernel: - Add a function maybe_preempt() that is called from sched_add() to determine if a thread about to be added to a run queue should be preempted to directly. If it is not safe to preempt or if the new thread does not have a high enough priority, then the function returns false and sched_add() adds the thread to the run queue. If the thread should be preempted to but the current thread is in a nested critical section, then the flag TDF_OWEPREEMPT is set and the thread is added to the run queue. Otherwise, mi_switch() is called immediately and the thread is never added to the run queue since it is switch to directly. When exiting an outermost critical section, if TDF_OWEPREEMPT is set, then clear it and call mi_switch() to perform the deferred preemption. - Remove explicit preemption from ithread_schedule() as calling setrunqueue() now does all the correct work. This also removes the do_switch argument from ithread_schedule(). - Do not use the manual preemption code in mtx_unlock if the architecture supports native preemption. - Don't call mi_switch() in a loop during shutdown to give ithreads a chance to run if the architecture supports native preemption since the ithreads will just preempt DELAY(). - Don't call mi_switch() from the page zeroing idle thread for architectures that support native preemption as it is unnecessary. - Native preemption is enabled on the same archs that supported ithread preemption, namely alpha, i386, and amd64. This change should largely be a NOP for the default case as committed except that we will do fewer context switches in a few cases and will avoid the run queues completely when preempting. Approved by: scottl (with his re@ hat)
Revision 1.458: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 2 19:40:36 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.457: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.457: +1 -0 lines
Introduce GEOM_LABEL class. This class is used for detecting volume labels on file systems: UFS, MSDOSFS (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and ISO9660. It also provide native labelization (there is no need for file system). g_label_ufs.c is based on geom_vol_ffs from Gordon Tetlow. g_label_msdos.c and g_label_iso9660.c are probably hacks, I just found where volume labels are stored and I use those offsets here, but with this class it should be easy to do it as it should be done by someone who know how. Implementing volume labels detection for other file systems also should be trivial. New providers are created in those directories: /dev/ufs/ (UFS1, UFS2) /dev/msdosfs/ (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) /dev/iso9660/ (ISO9660) /dev/label/ (native labels, configured with glabel(8)) Manual page cleanups and some comments inside were submitted by Simon L. Nielsen, who was, as always, very helpful. Thanks!
Revision 1.457: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 29 02:30:12 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.456: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.456: +2 -0 lines
Add two new kernel options to allow rudimentary profiling of the internal hash tables used in the sleep queue and turnstile code. Each option adds a sysctl tree under debug containing the maximum depth of any bucket in the hash table as well as a separate node for each bucket (or chain) containing the current depth and maximum depth for that bucket.
Revision 1.456: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 27 02:36:33 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.455: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.455: +1 -0 lines
Add options NETGRAPH_FEC to hook up ng_fec.c to the LINT build.
Revision 1.455: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 27 02:25:38 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.454: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.454: +1 -0 lines
Add options NETGRAPH_EIFACE, which causes ng_eiface.c to be built into the kernel, similar to NETGRAPH_IFACE for ng_iface.c. It appears to have been omitted when added to the kernel.
Revision 1.454: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 23 21:04:37 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by ps
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.453: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.453: +1 -0 lines
Add support for TCP Selective Acknowledgements. The work for this originated on RELENG_4 and was ported to -CURRENT. The scoreboarding code was obtained from OpenBSD, and many of the remaining changes were inspired by OpenBSD, but not taken directly from there. You can enable/disable sack using net.inet.tcp.do_sack. You can also limit the number of sack holes that all senders can have in the scoreboard with net.inet.tcp.sackhole_limit. Reviewed by: gnn Obtained from: Yahoo! (Mohan Srinivasan, Jayanth Vijayaraghavan)
Revision 1.453: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 13 17:29:06 2004 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.452: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.452: +9 -0 lines
Link ALTQ to the build and break with ABI for struct ifnet. Please recompile your (network) modules as well as any userland that might make sense of sizeof(struct ifnet). This does not change the queueing yet. These changes will follow in a seperate commit. Same with the driver changes, which need case by case evaluation. __FreeBSD_version bump will follow. Tested-by: (i386)LINT
Revision 1.452: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 11 11:16:19 2004 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.451: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.451: +0 -1 lines
Deorbit COMPAT_SUNOS. We inherited this from the sparc32 port of BSD4.4-Lite1. We have neither a sparc32 port nor a SunOS4.x compatibility desire these days.
Revision 1.451: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 20 10:37:11 2004 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.450: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.450: +2 -0 lines
- Connect geom(8) and its libraries to the build. - Connect geom_stripe and geom_nop modules to the build. - Connect STRIPE and NOP classes to the LINT build. - Disconnect gconcat(8) from the build. Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
Revision 1.450: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 13 03:15:04 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.449: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.449: +1 -0 lines
Expose USBVERBOSE as a first-class option. It will be needed soon as an option. Note that this option doesn't follow the normal USB_ or Uxxx_ convention. That's because it is this way in the upstream provider and I didn't want to change that.
Revision 1.449: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 3 22:35:27 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by ambrisko
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.448: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.448: +0 -1 lines
Remove new options and my prevention of system freeze when the sio probe returns okay when HW probe fails. This happens when comconsole flag is set but VGA console is used instead. Back out requested by: bde (He will be looking at other solutions from scratch)
Revision 1.448: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 3 21:18:56 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by pjd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.447: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.447: +2 -0 lines
Allow geom_concat and geom_gate to be compiled in kernel.
Revision 1.447: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 3 20:53:04 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.446: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.446: +1 -0 lines
Add MAC_STATIC, a kernel option that disables internal MAC Framework synchronization protecting against dynamic load and unload of MAC policies, and instead simply blocks load and unload. In a static configuration, this allows you to avoid the synchronization costs associated with introducing dynamicism. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, McAfee Research
Revision 1.446: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 30 21:16:51 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by ambrisko
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.445: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.445: +1 -0 lines
Some enhancements and bug fix.
- Define option FORCECONSPEED to force the serial console to
be CONSPEED. I've run into a lot of boards in which
the detect for prior speed doesn't work and ends up with
broken console since it is at the wrong speed.
- If a serial port is marked as a console, but console=vidconsole
and if the serial ports doesn't exist it will be probed and
attached at a 8250 chip. Then writes to that will freeze the
system.
- Add an option flags 0x400000 to mark this as a potential
comconsole in-case the one flaged with 0x10 does not exist
in the system.
This makes it easier to deploy on systems with one or two serial ports.
Obtained from: IronPort
Revision 1.445: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 27 16:38:13 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by emax
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.444: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.444: +9 -11 lines
Address few style issues pointed out by bde Reviewed by: bde, ru
Revision 1.444: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 24 22:03:02 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by rik
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.443: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.443: +1 -0 lines
Connect ng_sppp to the build process.
Revision 1.443: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 23 19:48:43 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by emax
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.442: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.442: +10 -0 lines
Make sure Bluetooth stuff can be statically compiled into kernel Submitted by: ps Reviewed by: imp (mentor), ru
Revision 1.442: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 21 20:18:06 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.441: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.441: +0 -3 lines
garbage collect ASR_MEASURE_PERFORMANCE
Revision 1.191.2.64: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 19 06:02:17 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by njl
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_11_BP, RELENG_4_11_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_11, RELENG_4_10_BP, RELENG_4_10_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_10
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.63: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.63: +0 -2 lines
Remove the DA_OLD_QUIRKS option. Approved by: re (scottl)
Revision 1.441: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 19 03:33:55 2004 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by njl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.440: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.440: +0 -2 lines
As promised a while ago, remove DA_OLD_QUIRKS and all quirks it was enabling. These are no longer needed now that we don't send 6-byte commands to RBC devices.
Revision 1.440: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 11 20:01:18 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.439: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.439: +1 -0 lines
Add glue for new sx driver.
Revision 1.191.2.63: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 7 20:29:00 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by vkashyap
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.62: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.62: +3 -0 lines
Initial check-in (for 4.x) of the device driver (twa) for 3ware's 9000 series PATA/SATA RAID controllers. This driver is a SIM under CAM, and so, behaves like a driver for a SCSI controller. Reviewed by: ps Approved by: re
Revision 1.439: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 6 19:12:24 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.438: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.438: +1 -0 lines
Add a new kernel option MUTEX_WAKE_ALL that changes the mutex unlock code to awaken all waiters when a contested mutex is released instead of just the highest priority waiter. If the various threads are awakened in sequence then each thread may acquire and release the lock in question without contention resulting in fewer expensive unlock and lock operations. This old behavior of waking just the highest priority is still used if this option is specified. Making the algorithm conditional on a kernel option will allows us to benchmark both cases later and determine which one should be used by default. Requested by: tanimura-san
Revision 1.438: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 31 18:46:13 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by vkashyap
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.437: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.437: +2 -3 lines
Moved comments on 3ware 9000 series RAID controller driver options from options to NOTES.
Revision 1.437: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 31 08:22:09 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.436: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.436: +12 -40 lines
Give in to the oblique nagging and move AAC and AHC/AHD comments out of /sys/conf/options and into /sys/conf/NOTES
Revision 1.436: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 30 18:53:18 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by vkashyap
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.435: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.435: +4 -0 lines
Added options for 3ware 9000 series RAID controller driver (twa).
Revision 1.191.2.62: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 22 23:59:54 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.61: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.61: +2 -0 lines
MFC: speedup stream socket recv handling by tracking the tail of the mbuf chain instead of walking the list for each append. This has been pretty well tested at Yahoo! Obtained from: netbsd (jason thorpe) Reviewed by: silby
Revision 1.435: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 16 12:23:38 2004 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.434: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.434: +0 -4 lines
Remove RAIDFrame. It hasn't worked since GEOM replaced the old disk mini-layer. I don't have time to bing it forward into the GEOM world, and no one else has stepped forward to claim it. It'll be in the Attic for safe keeping for now.
Revision 1.434: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 8 10:54:35 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by benno
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.433: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.433: +1 -0 lines
Add a netgraph node to handle ATM LLC encapsulation. This currently handles ethernet (tested) and FDDI (not tested). The main use for this is on ADSL (or other ATM) connections where bridged ethernet is used, PPPoE being a prime example. There is no manual page as yet, I will write one shortly. Reviewed by: harti
Revision 1.433: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 28 20:56:35 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.432: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.432: +1 -1 lines
Rename the WATCHDOG option to SW_WATCHDOG and make it use the generic watchdoc(9) interface. Make watchdogd(8) perform as watchdog(8) as well, and make it possible to specify a check command to run, timeout and sleep periods. Update watchdog(4) to talk about the generic interface and add new watchdog(8) page.
Revision 1.432: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 26 03:53:52 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by mlaier
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.431: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.431: +3 -0 lines
Tweak existing header and other build infrastructure to be able to build pf/pflog/pfsync as modules. Do not list them in NOTES or modules/Makefile (i.e. do not connect it to any (automatic) builds - yet). Approved by: bms(mentor)
Revision 1.431: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 25 09:35:35 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.430: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.430: +13 -13 lines
Fixed some insertion sort errors.
Revision 1.430: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 24 22:51:41 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.429: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.429: +1 -0 lines
Add DDB_NUMSYM option which in addition to the symbolic representation also prints the actual numerical value of the symbol in question. Users of addr2line(1) will be less proficient in hex arithmetic as a consequence. This amongst other things means that traceback lines change from: siointr1(c4016800,c073bda0,0,c06b699c,69f) at siointr1+0xc5 to siointr1(c4016800,c073bda0,0,c06b699c,69f) at 0xc062b0bd = siointr1+0xc5 I made this an option to avoid bikesheds. ~ ~ ~
Revision 1.191.2.61: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 14 22:23:22 2004 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by bms
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.60: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.60: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Import of TCP-MD5 (RFC2385) support. Sponsored by: sentex.net
Revision 1.429: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 11 04:26:01 2004 UTC (8 years ago) by bms
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.428: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.428: +1 -0 lines
Initial import of RFC 2385 (TCP-MD5) digest support. This is the first of two commits; bringing in the kernel support first. This can be enabled by compiling a kernel with options TCP_SIGNATURE and FAST_IPSEC. For the uninitiated, this is a TCP option which provides for a means of authenticating TCP sessions which came into being before IPSEC. It is still relevant today, however, as it is used by many commercial router vendors, particularly with BGP, and as such has become a requirement for interconnect at many major Internet points of presence. Several parts of the TCP and IP headers, including the segment payload, are digested with MD5, including a shared secret. The PF_KEY interface is used to manage the secrets using security associations in the SADB. There is a limitation here in that as there is no way to map a TCP flow per-port back to an SPI without polluting tcpcb or using the SPD; the code to do the latter is unstable at this time. Therefore this code only supports per-host keying granularity. Whilst FAST_IPSEC is mutually exclusive with KAME IPSEC (and thus IPv6), TCP_SIGNATURE applies only to IPv4. For the vast majority of prospective users of this feature, this will not pose any problem. This implementation is output-only; that is, the option is honoured when responding to a host initiating a TCP session, but no effort is made [yet] to authenticate inbound traffic. This is, however, sufficient to interwork with Cisco equipment. Tested with a Cisco 2501 running IOS 12.0(27), and Quagga 0.96.4 with local patches. Patches for tcpdump to validate TCP-MD5 sessions are also available from me upon request. Sponsored by: sentex.net
Revision 1.428: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 7 04:41:11 2003 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.427: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.427: +0 -7 lines
Remote meteor driver. It hasn't compiled in over 3 years. If someone makes it compile again, and can test it, we can restore the driver to the tree.
Revision 1.427: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 7 04:18:52 2003 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.426: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.426: +0 -1 lines
The dgb driver is redundant with the digi driver in the tree. It uses lots of old interfaces, and digi now supports all cards that dgb supported. The author of the driver says that this is no longer necessary. Approved by: babkin@
Revision 1.191.2.60: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 30 13:05:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by akiyama
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.59: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.59: +2 -0 lines
MFC: Make interrupt pipe interval time configurable.
- Add kernel options: {UPLCOM,UVSCOM}_INTR_INTERVAL
- Add sysctl variables: 'hw.usb.{uplcom,uvscom}.interval'
sys/conf/options: 1.426
sys/dev/usb/uplcom.c: 1.16
sys/dev/usb/uvscom.c: 1.19
sys/i386/conf/LINT: 1.1189 (in NOTES)
sys/modules/uplcom/Makefile: 1.2
Revision 1.426: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 16 12:26:09 2003 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by akiyama
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_5_2_BP, RELENG_5_2_1_RELEASE, RELENG_5_2_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_2
Diff to: previous 1.425: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.425: +2 -0 lines
Make interrupt pipe interval time configurable.
- Add kernel options: {UPLCOM,UVSCOM}_INTR_INTERVAL
- Add sysctl variables: 'hw.usb.{uplcom,uvscom}.interval'
MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.191.2.59: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 14 12:16:46 2003 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by simokawa
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.58: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.58: +6 -0 lines
MFC: dcons(4) and dcons_crom(4).
Revision 1.425: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 7 09:18:53 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.424: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.424: +1 -0 lines
Allow the ng_uni node (NgATM signalling layer) to be built into the kernel via options NGATM_UNI.
Revision 1.424: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 5 14:37:48 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.423: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.423: +0 -16 lines
Removed the garbage options DPT_ALLOW_MEMIO, HIFN_NO_RNG, IPFIREWALL_FORWARD, NTIMECOUNTER, OHCI_DEBUG, UGEN_DEBUG, UHCI_DEBUG, UHID_DEBUG, UHUB_DEBUG, UKBD_DEBUG, ULPT_DEBUG, UMASS_DEBUG, UMS_DEBUG, URIO_DEBUG and VINUM_AUTOSTART.
Revision 1.423: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 5 06:38:14 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.422: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.422: +1 -0 lines
Hook the udf_iconv module up to the kernel build. Submitted by: imura@ryu16.org
Revision 1.422: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 1 00:18:29 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by njl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.421: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.421: +0 -1 lines
Change the reset video option to be positive (hw.acpi.reset_video). Requested by: jhb Initialize the real mode stack. This is needed at least for the return address from the lcall. Requested by: takawata Fix style bugs in acpi_wakecode.S Requested by: bde Remove the kernel option now that we have the tunable.
Revision 1.421: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 29 14:22:09 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by iwasaki
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.420: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.420: +1 -1 lines
Alphabetical order for ACPI options broken by adding ACPI_NO_RESET_VIDEO. Add short comment about ACPI_NO_RESET_VIDEO into NOTES. Pointed-out by: njl
Revision 1.420: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 29 03:30:45 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by iwasaki
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.419: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.419: +1 -0 lines
Add kernel option ACPI_NO_RESET_VIDEO as workaround for problems (e.g. LCD white-out after resume) on some machine cased by re-initialize video BIOS code in acpi_wakecode.
Revision 1.419: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 28 05:47:39 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.418: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.418: +2 -0 lines
speedup stream socket recv handling by tracking the tail of the mbuf chain instead of walking the list for each append Submitted by: ps/jayanth Obtained from: netbsd (jason thorpe)
Revision 1.418: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Oct 27 11:19:08 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.417: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.417: +3 -0 lines
Allow building the NgATM SAAL layer directly into the kernel.
Revision 1.417: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 24 15:44:08 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by simokawa
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.416: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.416: +6 -0 lines
Add dumb console driver and related bits. dcons(4): very simple console and gdb port driver dcons_crom(4): FireWire attachment dconschat(8): User interface to dcons Tested with: i386, i386-PAE, and sparc64.
Revision 1.416: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 22 22:27:49 2003 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by njl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.415: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.415: +2 -1 lines
Add the ACPICA_PEDANTIC option which is off by default. Enabling it will enable strict checks of the AML. Our default behavior will be to relax checks to work on as many platforms as possible. Also clean up and document other ACPI options while I'm here.
Revision 1.415: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 26 20:26:22 2003 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by fjoe
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.414: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.414: +5 -0 lines
- Support for multibyte charsets in LIBICONV. - CD9660_ICONV, NTFS_ICONV and MSDOSFS_ICONV kernel options (with corresponding modules). - kiconv(3) for loadable charset conversion tables support. Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
Revision 1.414: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 11 23:06:41 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.413: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.413: +3 -0 lines
Add support for using uart(4) for pulse capturing for the Pulse Per Second (PPS) timing interface. The support is non-optional and by default uses the DCD line signal as the pulse input. A compile-time option (UART_PPS_ON_CTS) can be used to have uart(4) use the CTS line signal. Include <sys/timepps.h> in uart_bus.h to avoid having to add the inclusion of that header in all source files. Reviewed by: phk
Revision 1.413: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 7 07:43:09 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by tjr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.412: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.412: +1 -0 lines
Add support for the Coda 6.x venus<->kernel interface. This extends FIDs to be 128-bits wide and adds support for realms. Add a new CODA_COMPAT_5 option, which requests support for the old Coda 5.x interface instead of the new one. Create a new coda5.ko module that supports the 5.x interface, and make the existing coda.ko module use the new 6.x interface. These modules cannot both be loaded at the same time. Obtained from: Jan Harkes & the coda-6.0.2 distribution, NetBSD (drochner) (CODA_COMPAT_5 option).
Revision 1.412: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 24 09:22:25 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.411: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.411: +1 -4 lines
This is a major rework of the ATA driver (ATAng) Restructure the way ATA/ATAPI commands are processed, use a common ata_request structure for both. This centralises the way requests are handled so locking is much easier to handle. The driver is now layered much more cleanly to seperate the lowlevel HW access so it can be tailored to specific controllers without touching the upper layers. This is needed to support some of the newer semi-intelligent ATA controllers showing up. The top level drivers (disk, ATAPI devices) are more or less still the same with just corrections to use the new interface. Pull ATA out from under Gaint now that locking can be done in a sane way. Add support for a the National Geode SC1100. Thanks to Soekris engineering for sponsoring a Soekris 4801 to make this support. Fixed alot of small bugs in the chipset code for various chips now we are around in that corner anyways.
Revision 1.191.2.58: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 24 08:24:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by hsu
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_9_BP, RELENG_4_9_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_9
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.57: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.57: +1 -0 lines
Merge from -current support for Protocol Independent Multicast. Submitted by: Pavlin Radoslavov <pavlin@icir.org>
Revision 1.191.2.57: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 22 20:52:47 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.56: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.56: +5 -0 lines
MFC: Build glue for the ACPI driver. To include this driver in a custom kernel, add 'device acpica' to your kernel config. Due to the way config(8) works in -stable, I was unable to use 'device acpi' to enable compilation of this driver. Note that there is no kernel module, you must compile ACPI into your kernel as a static driver. Sponsored by: The Weather Channel
Revision 1.411: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 21 16:48:39 2003 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.410: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.410: +1 -0 lines
Hook up mac_stub to the modules Makefile. Hook up mac_stub in files and options. Reference mac_stub in NOTES.
Revision 1.410: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 12 09:45:34 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by alex
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.409: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.409: +1 -0 lines
Add a overhaul of the soundchip initialization for the MSP34xx chipsets found only many tv-cards. We currently use more ore less evil hacks (slow_msp_audio sysctl) to configure the various variants of these chips in order to have stereo autodetection work. Nevertheless, this doesn't always work even though it _should_, according to the specs. This is, for example, the case for some popular Hauppauge models sold sold in Germany. However, the Linux driver always worked for me and others. Looking at the sourcecode you will find that the linux-driver uses a very much enhanced approach to program the various msp34xx chipset variants, which is also found in the specs for these chips. This is a port of the Linux MSP34xx code, written by Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>, who agreed to re-release his code under a BSD license for this port. A new config option "BKTR_NEW_MSP34XX_DRIVER" is added, which is required to enable the new driver. Otherwise the old code is used. The msp34xx.c file is diff-reduced to the linux-driver to make later modifications easier, thus it doesn't follow style(9) in most cases. Approved by: roger (committing this, no time to test/review), keichii (code review)
Revision 1.409: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 11 08:40:01 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.408: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.408: +1 -0 lines
Add ng_atmpif: a HARP physical interface emulation. This allows one to run the HARP ATM stack without real hardware. Submitted by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@wanadoo.fr>
Revision 1.408: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 7 18:19:28 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by hsu
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.407: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.407: +1 -0 lines
Add support for "options PIM" in the kernel configuration file. Submitted by: Pavlin Radoslavov <pavlin@icir.org>
Revision 1.191.2.56: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 7 04:32:09 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by njl
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.55: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.55: +2 -0 lines
Deprecate USB quirks. We should now never send 6 byte commands to such devices. If a device fails due to this commit, add: options DA_OLD_QUIRKS to the kernel config and recompile. Then send the output of "camcontrol inquiry da0" to scsi@freebsd.org so the quirk can be re-enabled.
Revision 1.407: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 3 13:39:59 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.406: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.406: +0 -1 lines
Remove the NSWAPDEV option, we have no upper limit on how many swap devices we can have anymore.
Revision 1.406: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 29 18:08:16 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by njl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.405: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.405: +2 -3 lines
Fix the new DA_OLD_QUIRKS option for normal and module compiles. Pointed out by: bde
Revision 1.405: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 29 04:32:32 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by njl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.404: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.404: +3 -0 lines
Deprecate USB and Firewire quirks. We should now never send 6 byte commands to such devices. If a device fails due to this commit, add: options DA_OLD_QUIRKS to the kernel config and recompile. Then send the output of "camcontrol inquiry da0" to scsi@freebsd.org so the quirk can be re-enabled.
Revision 1.191.2.55: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 22 17:58:28 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.54: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.54: +5 -0 lines
MFC SafeNet crypto driver Sponsored by: Global Technology Associates, Inc.
Revision 1.404: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 22 11:42:45 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by ticso
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.403: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.403: +2 -0 lines
EISA_SLOTS is mandantory to get opt_eisa.h Put it into MI files.
Revision 1.403: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 21 21:50:41 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.402: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.402: +5 -0 lines
safenet driver config glue Sponsored by: Global Technology Associates, Inc.
Revision 1.191.2.54: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 21 12:19:22 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by akiyama
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.53: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.53: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Fix device freeze to reduce output packet size.
And make this value configurable by kernel config or sysctl.
options: 1.381
uvscom.c: 1.16
LINT: 1.1137 (from NOTES)
Makefile: 1.2
Revision 1.402: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 15 08:59:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.401: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.401: +1 -0 lines
Add a facility for devices, specifically network interfaces, that require large to huge amounts of small or medium sized receive buffers. The problem with these situations is that they eat up the available DMA address space very quickly when using mbufs or even mbuf clusters. Additionally this facility provides a direct mapping between 32-bit integers and these buffers. This is needed for devices originally designed for 32-bit systems. Ususally the virtual address of the buffer is used as a handle to find the buffer as soon as it is returned by the card. This does not work for 64-bit machines and hence this mapping is needed.
Revision 1.401: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 11 17:04:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.400: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.400: +1 -1 lines
Fix typo for BURN_BRIDGES' file, it should be opt_global.h
Revision 1.400: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 26 09:50:51 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by smkelly
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.399: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.399: +1 -0 lines
- Add a software watchdog facility. This commit has two pieces. One half is the watchdog kernel code which lives primarily in hardclock() in sys/kern/kern_clock.c. The other half is a userland daemon which, when run, will keep the watchdog from firing while the userland is intact and functioning. Approved by: jeff (mentor)
Revision 1.399: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 25 14:51:20 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.398: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.398: +8 -0 lines
config+build glue for Atheros support
Revision 1.398: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 25 14:49:24 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.397: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.397: +3 -0 lines
add "no RNG support options" for ubsec and hifn drivers
Revision 1.397: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 25 13:21:04 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by harti
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.396: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.396: +3 -0 lines
Make the netgraph ATM node compilable into the kernel.
Revision 1.396: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 18 15:25:01 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by jake
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.395: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.395: +33 -0 lines
Moved the syscons options, kbd options and DEV_SPLASH to the MI options file.
Revision 1.395: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 18 09:29:28 2003 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.394: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.394: +1 -0 lines
Add "GEOM_FOX", a class which detects and selects between multiple
redundant paths to the same device.
This class reacts to a label in the first sector of the device,
which is created the following way:
# "0123456789abcdef012345..."
# "<----magic-----><-id-...>
echo "GEOM::FOX someid" | dd of=/dev/da0 conv=sync
NB: Since the fact that multiple disk devices are in fact the same
device is not known to GEOM, the geom taste/spoil process cannot
fully catch all corner cases and this module can therefore be
confused if you do the right wrong things.
NB: The disk level drivers need to do the right thing for this to
be useful, and that is not by definition currently the case.
Revision 1.394: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 12 04:39:32 2003 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.393: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.393: +1 -0 lines
New global option: BURN_BRIDGES Compile out code that will disappear in 6.0, per Peter Wemm's bridge burning proposal.
Revision 1.191.2.53: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 4 17:56:58 2003 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.52: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.52: +10 -0 lines
MFC in-kernel RNG test facility support in ubsec+hifn crypto drivers
Revision 1.393: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 18 03:46:30 2003 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_5_1_BP, RELENG_5_1_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_1
Diff to: previous 1.392: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.392: +1 -0 lines
Add the MUTEX_NOINLINE option that explicitely de-inlines the mutex operations. Submitted by: jhb
Revision 1.191.2.52: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 26 07:25:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by anholt
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.51: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.51: +3 -0 lines
Hook the DRM up to the kernel build.
Revision 1.392: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 25 01:18:45 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by anholt
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.391: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.391: +0 -1 lines
Update the DRM to the latest from DRI CVS. Includes some bugfixes and removal of the infrastructure for the gamma driver which was removed a while back. The DRM_LINUX option is removed because the handler is now provided by the linux compat code itself.
Revision 1.391: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 15 20:59:43 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.390: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.390: +0 -1 lines
NO_COMPAT_FREEBSD4 is no longer used.
Revision 1.390: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 15 20:49:48 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.389: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.389: +2 -0 lines
Re-add MUTEX_DEBUG and MUTEX_PROFILING, which got hosed by rejected chunks from bde's patch. Spotted by: jhb
Revision 1.389: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 15 19:43:52 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.388: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.388: +32 -49 lines
Improve consistency, ordering, style of options: - Remove extra blank lines - Sort options - Remove comments that belong in NOTES Submitted by: bde (older revision)
Revision 1.191.2.51: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 15 06:33:06 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by silby
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.50: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.50: +1 -0 lines
MFC the MBUF_STRESS_TEST option.
Revision 1.388: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 14 21:45:12 2003 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.387: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.387: +7 -1 lines
Add MAC_ALWAYS_LABEL_MBUF to options; this permits the administrator to force the allocation of MAC labels for all mbufs regardless of whether a configured policy requires labeling when the mbuf is allocated. This can be useful it you anticipate loading a fully labeled policy after boot and don't want mbufs to exist without label storage, for performance measurement purposes, etc. It also slightly lowers the overhead of m_tag labeling due to removing the decision logic. While here, improve commenting of other MAC options. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
Revision 1.387: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 12 09:40:37 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.386: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.386: +5 -5 lines
Options that go into homonymous headers shouldn't specify the header name. Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@unixdaemons.com>
Revision 1.386: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 12 06:11:46 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by silby
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.385: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.385: +1 -1 lines
Rename MBUF_FRAG_TEST to MBUF_STRESS_TEST as it will be extended to include more than just frag tests.
Revision 1.191.2.50: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 4 22:21:29 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tegge
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.49: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.49: +2 -0 lines
MFC: Support for bypassing buffer cache for O_DIRECT reads.
Revision 1.191.2.47.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 28 21:26:40 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_4_8
CVS tags: RELENG_4_8_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.47.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191.2.47: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.191.2.48: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.47.2.1: +2 -0 lines
Revert the removal of AAC_COMPAT_LINUX. Keeping it in doesn't hurt anything and preserves canned configurations that people might have. Requested by: alfred Approved by: re (murray)
Revision 1.191.2.49: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 28 21:25:31 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.48: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.48: +2 -0 lines
Revert the removal of AAC_COMPAT_LINUX. Keeping it in doesn't hurt anything and preserves canned configurations that people might have. Requested by: alfred Approved by: re (murray)
Revision 1.191.2.47.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 28 20:05:11 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_4_8
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.47: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.47: +0 -2 lines
Late MFC: Remove AAC_COMPAT_LINUX and replace it with a separate aac_linux module. Approved by: re(murray)
Revision 1.191.2.48: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 28 19:58:02 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.47: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.47: +0 -2 lines
Late MFC: Remove AAC_COMPAT_LINUX and replace it with a separate aac_linux module. Approved by: re(murray)
Revision 1.385: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 26 23:40:41 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tegge
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.384: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.384: +2 -0 lines
Add support for reading directly from file to userland buffer when the O_DIRECT descriptor status flag is set and both offset and length is a multiple of the physical media sector size.
Revision 1.384: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 26 20:18:40 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.383: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.383: +1 -0 lines
Add a new kernel option, MALLOC_MAKE_FAILURES, which compiles in a debugging feature causing M_NOWAIT allocations to fail at a specified rate. This can be useful for detecting poor handling of M_NOWAIT: the most frequent problems I've bumped into are unconditional deference of the pointer even though it's NULL, and hangs as a result of a lost event where memory for the event couldn't be allocated. Two sysctls are added: debug.malloc.failure_rate How often to generate a failure: if set to 0 (default), this feature is disabled. Otherwise, the frequency of failures -- I've been using 10 (one in ten mallocs fails), but other popular settings might be much lower or much higher. debug.malloc.failure_count Number of times a coerced malloc failure has occurred as a result of this feature. Useful for tracking what might have happened and whether failures are being generated. Useful possible additions: tying failure rate to malloc type, printfs indicating the thread that experienced the coerced failure. Reviewed by: jeffr, jhb
Revision 1.383: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 25 05:45:04 2003 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by silby
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.382: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.382: +1 -0 lines
Add the MBUF_FRAG_TEST option. When compiled in, this option allows you to tell ip_output to fragment all outgoing packets into mbuf fragments of size net.inet.ip.mbuf_frag_size bytes. This is an excellent way to test if network drivers can properly handle long mbuf chains being passed to them. net.inet.ip.mbuf_frag_size defaults to 0 (no fragmentation) so that you can at least boot before your network driver dies. :)
Revision 1.382: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 11 22:47:05 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.381: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.381: +7 -0 lines
o add crypto driver glue for using the new rndtest driver/module; this is conditional in each driver on foo_RNDTEST being defined_ o bring HIFN_DEBUG and UBSEC_DEBUG out to be visible options; they control the debugging printfs that are set with hw.foo.debug (e.g. hw.hifn.debug)
Revision 1.381: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 9 11:50:26 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by akiyama
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.380: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.380: +1 -0 lines
Fix device freeze to reduce output packet size. And make this value configurable by kernel config or sysctl.
Revision 1.380: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 8 06:58:21 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by tjr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.379: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.379: +0 -1 lines
Remove unimplemented IP-in-IPX encapsulation support (options IPTUNNEL).
Revision 1.379: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 6 03:41:01 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by alc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.378: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.378: +0 -1 lines
Remove ENABLE_VFS_IOOPT. It is a long unfinished work-in-progress. Discussed on: arch@
Revision 1.378: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 5 19:24:20 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.377: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.377: +0 -1 lines
Finish driving a stake through the heart of netns and the associated ifdefs scattered around the place - its dead Jim! The SMB stuff had stolen AF_NS, make it official.
Revision 1.377: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 5 08:16:28 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by das
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.376: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.376: +1 -0 lines
Make TTYHOG tunable. Reviewed by: mike (mentor)
Revision 1.376: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 2 23:01:42 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.375: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.375: +1 -0 lines
A cute yet small MAC policy that provides a simple ACL mechanism to permit users and groups to bind ports for TCP or UDP, and is intended to be combined with the recently committed support for net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh. The policy is twiddled using sysctl(8). To use this module, you will need to compile in MAC support, and probably set reservedhigh to 0, then twiddle security.mac.portacl.rules to set things as desired. This policy module only restricts ports explicitly bound using bind(), not implicitly bound ports where the port number is selected by the IP stack. It appears to work properly in my local configuration, but needs more broad testing. A sample policy might be: # sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules="uid:425:tcp:80,uid:425:tcp:79" This permits uid 425 to bind TCP sockets to ports 79 and 80. Currently no distinction is made for incoming vs. outgoing ports with TCP, although that would probably be easy to add. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
Revision 1.375: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 25 00:42:40 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.374: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.374: +0 -3 lines
Remove support for running in SimOS. The support has rotted over time and there's no indication that it will improve anytime soon. By removing support for SimOS it is possible to build LINT on Alpha, which is considered more important at the moment. Not objected to on: alpha@
Revision 1.191.2.47: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 23 17:45:28 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_8_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_4_8
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.46: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.46: +1 -0 lines
MFC: IPSEC_FILTERGIF config option Add a new config option IPSEC_FILTERGIF to control whether or not packets coming out of a GIF tunnel are re-processed by ipfw, et. al. By default they are not reprocessed. With the option they are. This reverts 1.214. Prior to that change packets were not re-processed. After they were which caused problems because packets do not have distinguishing characteristics (like a special network if) that allows them to be filtered specially. PR: 48159 Reviewed by: Guido van Rooij <guido@gvr.org> Approved by: re (jhb, murray)
Revision 1.374: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 23 00:47:06 2003 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.373: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.373: +1 -0 lines
Add a new config option IPSEC_FILTERGIF to control whether or not packets coming out of a GIF tunnel are re-processed by ipfw, et. al. By default they are not reprocessed. With the option they are. This reverts 1.214. Prior to that change packets were not re-processed. After they were which caused problems because packets do not have distinguishing characteristics (like a special network if) that allows them to be filtered specially. This is really a stopgap measure designed for immediate MFC so that 4.8 has consistent handling to what was in 4.7. PR: 48159 Reviewed by: Guido van Rooij <guido@gvr.org> MFC after: 1 day
Revision 1.373: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 5 21:02:56 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.372: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.372: +1 -0 lines
Finally make vinum ready for the root filesystem in FreeBSD 5.x. (A similar patch has been in 4.x for a while, but is more hacky there.) For this to work, vinum has to be loaded early (e. g. from boot/loader), for obvious reasons. If the kernel env variable (aka. loader variable) "vinum.autostart" is set, vinum then asks the sysctl kern.disks for all available disks in the system, and scans them for possible vinum headers. For statically compiled kernels, this behaviour can be obtained even without boot/loader by using "options VINUM_AUTOSTART" (though this is not the recommended way). Alternatively, the 4.x way to specify "vinum.drives" is also supported. No further hacks (like the 4.x "vinum.root" variable) are needed, since in 5.x, mountroot() asks back at the drivers to have them resolve the name of the root FS into a dev_t (using the dev_clone eventhandler). (The MFC reminder below is for a partial MFC for vinum.autostart, the rest is already there in 4.x.) Timed out on: grog MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.372: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 3 17:35:54 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by gordon
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.371: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.371: +1 -0 lines
Add config glue to add an optional GEOM_VOL to add optional volume support. Reviewed by: jake (mentor)
Revision 1.371: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 31 16:27:07 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.370: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.370: +1 -0 lines
Add a rudimentary class for slicing Apple partitioned disks. More work is needed on this, stakeholders please contact me. Not quite asked for by: rwatson
Revision 1.370: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 28 09:04:19 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.369: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.369: +0 -2 lines
Bang! Bang! Bang! etc etc Remove NODEVFS and NO_GEOM from options. Approved by: trb@
Revision 1.369: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 26 05:29:11 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.368: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.368: +2 -0 lines
- Introduce the SCHED_ULE and SCHED_4BSD options for compile time selection of the scheduler. - Add SCHED_4BSD as the scheduler for all kernel config files in cvs.
Revision 1.191.2.46: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 24 05:11:33 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by sam
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.45: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.45: +1 -0 lines
MFC: Fast IPsec "Fast IPsec": this is an experimental IPsec implementation that is derived from the KAME IPsec implementation, but with heavy borrowing and influence of openbsd. A key feature of this implementation is that it uses the kernel crypto framework to do all crypto work so when h/w crypto support is present IPsec operation is automatically accelerated. Otherwise the protocol implementations are rather differet while the SADB and policy management code is very similar to KAME (for the moment). Note that this implementation is enabled with a FAST_IPSEC option. With this you get all protocols; i.e. there is no FAST_IPSEC_ESP option. FAST_IPSEC and IPSEC are mutually exclusive; you cannot build both into a single system. This software is well tested with IPv4 but should be considered very experimental (i.e. do not deploy in production environments). This software does NOT currently support IPv6. In fact do not configure FAST_IPSEC and INET6 in the same system. Supported by: Vernier Networks
Revision 1.368: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 19 10:02:47 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.367: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.367: +2 -2 lines
Move NODEVFS and NO_GEOM to opt_global.h. This allows me to mark code which they control with #ifdef without polluting files with #includes of opt_devfs.h and opt_geom.h. Once these two options are removed, this will allow mechanical removal of the bits their removal makes obsolete.
Revision 1.367: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 18 08:26:42 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by nyan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.366: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.366: +2 -2 lines
Fixed comment.
Revision 1.366: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 14 22:44:48 2003 UTC (9 years ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.365: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.365: +1 -0 lines
Add a very simple but functional GEOM mirror class. This is committed more as an instructive tool than as a production facility, but this will change over time.
Revision 1.191.2.45: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 1 14:03:10 2002 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sobomax
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.44: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.44: +1 -0 lines
MFC: gre(4) kernel driver and associated changes.
Revision 1.365: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 26 17:32:39 2002 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_5_0_BP, RELENG_5_0_0_RELEASE, RELENG_5_0
Diff to: previous 1.364: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.364: +1 -0 lines
Hook up kernel options and build information for mac_lomac. Approved by: re Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
Revision 1.364: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 18 06:17:07 2002 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by jmallett
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.363: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.363: +2 -0 lines
Move SHOW_BUSYBUFS and PANIC_REBOOT_WAIT_TIME into the MI options file, since MI code uses them, and every platform provides them (except x86_64 whose options file was lacking one). Reviewed by: bde, rwatson
Revision 1.363: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 13 09:42:25 2002 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by mdodd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.362: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.362: +0 -3 lines
Convert kernel compile option PCI_ALLOW_UNSUPPORTED_IO_RANGE to a loader tunable hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range. Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@angelica.unixdaemons.com> Approved by: re (murray)
Revision 1.362: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 25 19:10:55 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.361: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.361: +1 -0 lines
Split 4.x and 5.x signal handling so that we can keep 4.x signal handling clean and functional as 5.x evolves. This allows some of the nasty bandaids in the 5.x codepaths to be unwound. Encapsulate 4.x signal handling under COMPAT_FREEBSD4 (there is an anti-foot-shooting measure in place, 5.x folks need this for a while) and finish encapsulating the older stuff under COMPAT_43. Since the ancient stuff is required on alpha (longjmp(3) passes a 'struct osigcontext *' to the current sigreturn(2), instead of the 'ucontext_t *' that sigreturn is supposed to take), add a compile time check to prevent foot shooting there too. Add uniform COMPAT_43 stubs for ia64/sparc64/powerpc. Tested on: i386, alpha, ia64. Compiled on sparc64 (a few days ago). Approved by: re
Revision 1.361: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Oct 24 17:21:40 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.360: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.360: +7 -0 lines
Provide kernel options for the various MAC policy modules so that they may be statically linked into the kernel. Note that statically linked modules, unlike dynamically linked modules, get INVARIANTS, so if there are INVARIANTS failures, you'll bump into them rather than not. Add the options to NOTES. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
Revision 1.360: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 20 08:17:35 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.359: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.359: +4 -0 lines
After much delay and anticipation, welcome RAIDFrame into the FreeBSD world. This should be considered highly experimental. Approved-by: re
Revision 1.359: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 19 17:02:09 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.358: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.358: +1 -0 lines
Add Geom Based Disk Encryption to the tree.
This is an encryption module designed for to secure denial of access
to the contents of "cold disks" with or without destruction activation.
Major features:
* Based on AES, MD5 and ARC4 algorithms.
* Four cryptographic barriers:
1) Pass-phrase encrypts the master key.
2) Pass-phrase + Lock data locates master key.
3) 128 bit key derived from 2048 bit master key protects sector key.
3) 128 bit random single-use sector keys protect data payload.
* Up to four different changeable pass-phrases.
* Blackening feature for provable destruction of master key material.
* Isotropic disk contents offers no information about sector contents.
* Configurable destination sector range allows steganographic deployment.
This commit adds the kernel part, separate commits will follow for the
userland utility and documentation.
This software was developed for the FreeBSD Project by Poul-Henning Kamp and
NAI Labs, the Security Research Division of Network Associates, Inc. under
DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 ("CBOSS"), as part of the DARPA CHATS
research program.
Many thanks to Robert Watson, CBOSS Principal Investigator for making this
possible.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Revision 1.358: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 16 02:25:04 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sam
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.357: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.357: +1 -0 lines
Tie new "Fast IPsec" code into the build. This involves the usual configuration stuff as well as conditional code in the IPv4 and IPv6 areas. Everything is conditional on FAST_IPSEC which is mutually exclusive with IPSEC (KAME IPsec implmentation). As noted previously, don't use FAST_IPSEC with INET6 at the moment. Reviewed by: KAME, rwatson Approved by: silence Supported by: Vernier Networks
Revision 1.357: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 13 16:29:14 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by mike
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.356: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.356: +0 -1 lines
Remove the P1003_1B kernel option; it is no longer used.
Revision 1.356: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 13 14:28:53 2002 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by mike
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.355: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.355: +0 -1 lines
Remove _KPOSIX_VERSION as a kernel option, nothing uses this any more.
Revision 1.355: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 5 16:35:26 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.354: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.354: +7 -1 lines
NB: This commit does *NOT* make GEOM the default in FreeBSD
NB: But it will enable it in all kernels not having options "NO_GEOM"
Put the GEOM related options into the intended order.
Add "options NO_GEOM" to all kernel configs apart from NOTES.
In some order of controlled fashion, the NO_GEOM options will be
removed, architecture by architecture in the coming days.
There are currently three known issues which may force people to
need the NO_GEOM option:
boot0cfg/fdisk:
Tries to update the MBR while it is being used to control
slices. GEOM does not allow this as a direct operation.
SCSI floppy drives:
Appearantly the scsi-da driver return "EBUSY" if no media
is inserted. This is wrong, it should return ENXIO.
PC98:
It is unclear if GEOM correctly recognizes all variants of
PC98 disklabels. (Help Wanted! I have neither docs nor HW)
These issues are all being worked.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Revision 1.354: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 2 07:44:15 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.353: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.353: +1 -0 lines
Some kernel threads try to do significant work, and the default KSTACK_PAGES doesn't give them enough stack to do much before blowing away the pcb. This adds MI and MD code to allow the allocation of an alternate kstack who's size can be speficied when calling kthread_create. Passing the value 0 prevents the alternate kstack from being created. Note that the ia64 MD code is missing for now, and PowerPC was only partially written due to the pmap.c being incomplete there. Though this patch does not modify anything to make use of the alternate kstack, acpi and usb are good candidates. Reviewed by: jake, peter, jhb
Revision 1.353: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 25 15:21:50 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.352: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.352: +0 -2 lines
Do away with AAC_COMPAT_LINUX option entirely. The functionality will automatically be enabled if the kernel is compiled with COMPAT_LINUX. Submitted by: jhb MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.352: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 25 05:00:18 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.351: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.351: +1 -1 lines
The AAC_COMPAT_LINUX option was really annoying, since it made the aac driver dependent on the linux emulation module. This was especially bad for the release engineers who tried to move the aac driver from the kernel onto the drivers floppy. The linux compat bits for this driver are now in their own driver, aac_linux. It can be loaded as a module or compiled into the kernel. For the latter case, the AAC_COMPAT_LINUX option is needed, along with the COMPAT_LINUX option. I've tested this in every configuration I can think of. This is an MFC candidate for 4.7. Idea from: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.351: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 22 07:14:27 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.350: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.350: +2 -0 lines
- Add options ALQ and KTR_ALQ.
Revision 1.350: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 19 18:52:37 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.349: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.349: +2 -1 lines
Ahem, actually add the DDB_TRACE option and finish changing DDB_UNATTENDED to use its own header.
Revision 1.349: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 19 00:48:57 2002 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.348: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.348: +1 -0 lines
Regen for added syscalls.
Revision 1.348: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 7 22:07:10 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.347: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.347: +1 -0 lines
Move the KSTACK_PAGES option from MD to MI. Although not all platforms support this, we do have MI code that references it and is otherwise unaware of an override. The alternative is to put knowledge in these MI files about which platforms have the opt_kstack_pages.h option file. It is more likely that other platforms will gain the ability to tune the kstack size.
Revision 1.347: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 6 17:12:50 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sobomax
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.346: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.346: +1 -0 lines
Add a new gre(4) driver, which could be used to create GRE (RFC1701) and MOBILE (RFC2004) IP tunnels. Obrained from: NetBSD
Revision 1.191.2.44: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 1 07:18:21 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by scottl
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_7_BP, RELENG_4_7_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_7
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.43: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.43: +0 -5 lines
MFC: Remove non-existant options
Revision 1.346: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 1 07:13:10 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.345: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.345: +0 -5 lines
Remove options that don't actually exist (in this form).
Revision 1.191.2.43: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 31 07:26:55 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.42: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.42: +24 -1 lines
Hook ahd into the build and take advantage of register pretty printing in both the ahd and ahc drivers.
Revision 1.345: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 31 06:55:59 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.344: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.344: +20 -3 lines
Add support for ahd/ahc register pretty printing in diagnostics. This feature can be disabled via the AHD/AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT kernel option. The ahc driver now uses the same debug options mechanism as ahd: AHC_DEBUG - Compile in debugging code AHC_DEBUG_OPTS - String of debug options as listed in aic7xxx.h
Revision 1.191.2.42: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 20 23:48:15 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.41: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.41: +1 -0 lines
MFC: New L2TP netgraph node type.
Revision 1.344: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 20 21:59:50 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.343: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.343: +1 -0 lines
New L2TP netgraph node type. Obtained from: Packet Design
Revision 1.343: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 16 14:21:38 2002 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.342: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.342: +1 -0 lines
Wrap maintenance of varios nmac{objectname} counters in MAC_DEBUG so we
can avoid the cost of a large number of atomic operations if we're not
interested in the object count statistics.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
Revision 1.342: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 9 20:54:06 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.341: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.341: +5 -4 lines
Add the ability to use ATAPI devices via CAM. The CAM<>ATAPI layer was submitted by "Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>" changes form the version on the net by me (formatting, ability to be used alone without the ATAPI native device driver, proper speed reporting...) See /sys/conf/NOTES for usage. Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
Revision 1.341: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 3 00:19:58 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.340: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.340: +4 -0 lines
Add code that will download firmware to a Symbol LA4100-series of CF cards. Since the firmware is hard coded into the kernel, I've made it a kernel option (WI_SYMBOL_FIRMWARE). Note: This only downloads into the RAM of these cards. It doesn't download into FLASH, and is somewhat limited. There needs to be a better way to deal, but this works for now. My Symbol LA4132 CF card works now. Obtained from: NetBSD
Revision 1.340: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jul 27 19:50:28 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.339: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.339: +6 -1 lines
Kernel options for Mandatory Access Control (MAC). MAC support will be merged into the main tree over the next week in reasonable size chunks; much more to follow. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
Revision 1.339: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 26 07:58:16 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.338: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.338: +0 -1 lines
Make PCI_ENABLE_IO_MODES a sysctl hw.pci.enable_io_modes. It can also be set at boot time. It defaults to 1 now since it can be set in the boot loader. If this proves unwise, we can reset it to defaulting to 0.
Revision 1.191.2.41: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 24 03:21:23 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by luigi
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.40: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.40: +1 -0 lines
Bring ipfw2 into the -stable tree. This will give more people a
chance to test it, and hopefully accelerate the transition from the
old to the new ipfw code.
NOTE: THIS COMMIT WILL NOT CHANGE THE FIREWALL YOU USE,
NOR A SINGLE BIT IN YOUR KERNEL AND BINARIES.
YOU WILL KEEP USING YOUR OLD "ipfw" UNLESS YOU:
+ add "options IPFW2" (undocumented) to your kernel config file;
+ compile and install sbin/ipfw and lib/libalias with
make -DIPFW2
in other words, you must really want it.
On the other hand, i believe you do really want to use this new
code. In addition to being twice as fast in processing individual
rules, you can use more powerful match patterns such as
... ip from 1.2.3.0/24{50,6,27,158} to ...
... ip from { 1.2.3.4/26 or 5.6.7.8/22 } to ...
... ip from any 5-7,9-66,1020-3000,4000-5000 to ...
i.e. match sparse sets of IP addresses in constant time; use "or"
connectives between match patterns; have multiple port ranges; etc.
which I believe will dramatically reduce your ruleset size.
As an additional bonus, "keep-state" rules will now send keepalives
when the rule is about to expire, so you will not have your remote
login sessions die while you are idle.
The syntax is backward compatible with the old ipfw.
A manual page documenting the extensions has yet to be completed.
Revision 1.338: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 21 21:37:09 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.337: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.337: +1 -0 lines
Remove dependency on NPCI. Use 'options ATA_NOPCI' to compile without pci support. This really needs to be fixed properly some day, but judging by the fact that the nopci case hasn't compiled for quite a while, there does not seem to be much urgency. Reviewed by: sos
Revision 1.337: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 19:11:21 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.336: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.336: +5 -0 lines
Move SMBFS from i386 and pc98 files and options files to MI files and options files.
Revision 1.336: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 15:39:09 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.335: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.335: +1 -0 lines
The puc(4) driver/bridge is MI, so don't bury it in MD options and files config files. It also depends on PCI.
Revision 1.335: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 15:28:16 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.334: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.334: +14 -14 lines
Sort all the SYSV IPC options. They are still all clumped together, but at least they are sorted relative to themselves now.
Revision 1.334: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 15:25:08 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.333: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.333: +2 -3 lines
- Properly sort GEOM and NODEVFS. - GEOM doesn't need to specify a filename, the correct one is chosen by default.
Revision 1.333: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 15:21:50 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.332: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.332: +2 -0 lines
Make WLCACHE and WLDEBUG MI options.
Revision 1.332: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 15 15:18:34 2002 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.331: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.331: +1 -0 lines
Make NDGBPORTS an MI option since the dgb(4) driver is an MI driver. Remove comments about NDGBPORTS from the options* files. Please document options in NOTES, not in the options* files.
Revision 1.331: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 12 06:38:33 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.330: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.330: +1 -0 lines
Introduce syscall.master option 'COMPAT4' which allows one to wrap syscalls for FreeBSD 4 compatibility. Add kernel option COMPAT_FREEBSD4 to enable these syscalls.
Revision 1.330: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 11 04:15:53 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by ken
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.329: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.329: +2 -2 lines
Move the MSIZE and MCLSHIFT options out of the undocumented section in NOTES. Add some comments about the potential problems associated with NIC driver modules and changing these options. Fix sorting problems in sys/conf/options with the MSIZE and MCLSHIFT options. Reviewed by: bde
Revision 1.329: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 8 22:00:43 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by mp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.328: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.328: +0 -1 lines
Back out previous TCBHASHSIZE change. This should not be a kernel option. Pointed out by: bde
Revision 1.328: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 8 02:53:59 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by mp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.327: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.327: +1 -0 lines
Document TCBHASHSIZE in NOTES and add it to the allowable kernel options. PR: 32912 Submitted by: Carl Schmidt <carl@slackerbsd.org> MFC after: 3 days
Revision 1.327: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 26 03:34:43 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by ken
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.326: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.326: +7 -0 lines
At long last, commit the zero copy sockets code. MAKEDEV: Add MAKEDEV glue for the ti(4) device nodes. ti.4: Update the ti(4) man page to include information on the TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT and TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS kernel options, and also include information about the new character device interface and the associated ioctls. man9/Makefile: Add jumbo.9 and zero_copy.9 man pages and associated links. jumbo.9: New man page describing the jumbo buffer allocator interface and operation. zero_copy.9: New man page describing the general characteristics of the zero copy send and receive code, and what an application author should do to take advantage of the zero copy functionality. NOTES: Add entries for ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS, TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS, TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT, MSIZE, and MCLSHIFT. conf/files: Add uipc_jumbo.c and uipc_cow.c. conf/options: Add the 5 options mentioned above. kern_subr.c: Receive side zero copy implementation. This takes "disposable" pages attached to an mbuf, gives them to a user process, and then recycles the user's page. This is only active when ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS is turned on and the kern.ipc.zero_copy.receive sysctl variable is set to 1. uipc_cow.c: Send side zero copy functions. Takes a page written by the user and maps it copy on write and assigns it kernel virtual address space. Removes copy on write mapping once the buffer has been freed by the network stack. uipc_jumbo.c: Jumbo disposable page allocator code. This allocates (optionally) disposable pages for network drivers that want to give the user the option of doing zero copy receive. uipc_socket.c: Add kern.ipc.zero_copy.{send,receive} sysctls that are enabled if ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS is turned on. Add zero copy send support to sosend() -- pages get mapped into the kernel instead of getting copied if they meet size and alignment restrictions. uipc_syscalls.c:Un-staticize some of the sf* functions so that they can be used elsewhere. (uipc_cow.c) if_media.c: In the SIOCGIFMEDIA ioctl in ifmedia_ioctl(), avoid calling malloc() with M_WAITOK. Return an error if the M_NOWAIT malloc fails. The ti(4) driver and the wi(4) driver, at least, call this with a mutex held. This causes witness warnings for 'ifconfig -a' with a wi(4) or ti(4) board in the system. (I've only verified for ti(4)). ip_output.c: Fragment large datagrams so that each segment contains a multiple of PAGE_SIZE amount of data plus headers. This allows the receiver to potentially do page flipping on receives. if_ti.c: Add zero copy receive support to the ti(4) driver. If TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS is not defined, it now uses the jumbo(9) buffer allocator for jumbo receive buffers. Add a new character device interface for the ti(4) driver for the new debugging interface. This allows (a patched version of) gdb to talk to the Tigon board and debug the firmware. There are also a few additional debugging ioctls available through this interface. Add header splitting support to the ti(4) driver. Tweak some of the default interrupt coalescing parameters to more useful defaults. Add hooks for supporting transmit flow control, but leave it turned off with a comment describing why it is turned off. if_tireg.h: Change the firmware rev to 12.4.11, since we're really at 12.4.11 plus fixes from 12.4.13. Add defines needed for debugging. Remove the ti_stats structure, it is now defined in sys/tiio.h. ti_fw.h: 12.4.11 firmware. ti_fw2.h: 12.4.11 firmware, plus selected fixes from 12.4.13, and my header splitting patches. Revision 12.4.13 doesn't handle 10/100 negotiation properly. (This firmware is the same as what was in the tree previously, with the addition of header splitting support.) sys/jumbo.h: Jumbo buffer allocator interface. sys/mbuf.h: Add a new external mbuf type, EXT_DISPOSABLE, to indicate that the payload buffer can be thrown away / flipped to a userland process. socketvar.h: Add prototype for socow_setup. tiio.h: ioctl interface to the character portion of the ti(4) driver, plus associated structure/type definitions. uio.h: Change prototype for uiomoveco() so that we'll know whether the source page is disposable. ufs_readwrite.c:Update for new prototype of uiomoveco(). vm_fault.c: In vm_fault(), check to see whether we need to do a page based copy on write fault. vm_object.c: Add a new function, vm_object_allocate_wait(). This does the same thing that vm_object allocate does, except that it gives the caller the opportunity to specify whether it should wait on the uma_zalloc() of the object structre. This allows vm objects to be allocated while holding a mutex. (Without generating WITNESS warnings.) vm_object_allocate() is implemented as a call to vm_object_allocate_wait() with the malloc flag set to M_WAITOK. vm_object.h: Add prototype for vm_object_allocate_wait(). vm_page.c: Add page-based copy on write setup, clear and fault routines. vm_page.h: Add page based COW function prototypes and variable in the vm_page structure. Many thanks to Drew Gallatin, who wrote the zero copy send and receive code, and to all the other folks who have tested and reviewed this code over the years.
Revision 1.326: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 18 21:30:36 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.325: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.325: +2 -0 lines
Make the speed used by gdb over serial settable in the kernel configuration. This facilitates the use in circumstances where you are using a serial console as well. GDB doesn't support anything higher than 9600 baud (19k2 if you are lucky), but the console does.
Revision 1.325: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 13 22:41:23 2002 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.324: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.324: +0 -1 lines
POSIX.1e capabilities aren't here yet, don't put an option for it in the options file.
Revision 1.324: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 10 18:49:38 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.323: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.323: +1 -2 lines
Put geom_gpt.c under the GEOM option instead of having a special GEOM_GPT option for it.
Revision 1.323: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 7 14:33:23 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.322: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.322: +1 -1 lines
According to Bruce, this file shouldn't have comments to describe what options do. Comments should be in NOTES and having the comments in two places usually means that one place will just bitrot. Thus, remove the comment for KTRACE_REQUEST_POOL from the previous revision. Requested by: bde
Revision 1.322: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 7 05:32:59 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.321: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.321: +1 -0 lines
Overhaul the ktrace subsystem a bit. For the most part, the actual vnode operations to dump a ktrace event out to an output file are now handled asychronously by a ktrace worker thread. This enables most ktrace events to not need Giant once p_tracep and p_traceflag are suitably protected by the new ktrace_lock. There is a single todo list of pending ktrace requests. The various ktrace tracepoints allocate a ktrace request object and tack it onto the end of the queue. The ktrace kernel thread grabs requests off the head of the queue and processes them using the trace vnode and credentials of the thread triggering the event. Since we cannot assume that the user memory referenced when doing a ktrgenio() will be valid and since we can't access it from the ktrace worker thread without a bit of hassle anyways, ktrgenio() requests are still handled synchronously. However, in order to ensure that the requests from a given thread still maintain relative order to one another, when a synchronous ktrace event (such as a genio event) is triggered, we still put the request object on the todo list to synchronize with the worker thread. The original thread blocks atomically with putting the item on the queue. When the worker thread comes across an asynchronous request, it wakes up the original thread and then blocks to ensure it doesn't manage to write a later event before the original thread has a chance to write out the synchronous event. When the original thread wakes up, it writes out the synchronous using its own context and then finally wakes the worker thread back up. Yuck. The sychronous events aren't pretty but they do work. Since ktrace events can be triggered in fairly low-level areas (msleep() and cv_wait() for example) the ktrace code is designed to use very few locks when posting an event (currently just the ktrace_mtx lock and the vnode interlock to bump the refcoun on the trace vnode). This also means that we can't allocate a ktrace request object when an event is triggered. Instead, ktrace request objects are allocated from a pre-allocated pool and returned to the pool after a request is serviced. The size of this pool defaults to 100 objects, which is about 13k on an i386 kernel. The size of the pool can be adjusted at compile time via the KTRACE_REQUEST_POOL kernel option, at boot time via the kern.ktrace_request_pool loader tunable, or at runtime via the kern.ktrace_request_pool sysctl. If the pool of request objects is exhausted, then a warning message is printed to the console. The message is rate-limited in that it is only printed once until the size of the pool is adjusted via the sysctl. I have tested all kernel traces but have not tested user traces submitted by utrace(2), though they should work fine in theory. Since a ktrace request has several properties (content of event, trace vnode, details of originating process, credentials for I/O, etc.), I chose to drop the first argument to the various ktrfoo() functions. Currently the functions just assume the event is posted from curthread. If there is a great desire to do so, I suppose I could instead put back the first argument but this time make it a thread pointer instead of a vnode pointer. Also, KTRPOINT() now takes a thread as its first argument instead of a process. This is because the check for a recursive ktrace event is now per-thread instead of process-wide. Tested on: i386 Compiles on: sparc64, alpha
Revision 1.321: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 6 16:35:55 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.320: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.320: +6 -0 lines
Hook up the ahd driver.
Revision 1.320: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 2 04:32:52 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.319: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.319: +0 -1 lines
bde noticed that SOMAXCONN breaks pretty badly as an option for LINT. so back it out.
Revision 1.319: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 28 09:04:48 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by marcel
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.318: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.318: +2 -0 lines
Add support to GEOM for GUID Partition Tables (GPTs). The support
is currently conditional on both the GEOM and GEOM_GPT options to
avoid getting GPT by default and having the MBR and GPT classes
clash.
The correct behaviour of the MBR class would be to back-off (reject)
a MBR if it's a Protective MBR (a MBR with a single partition of type
0xEE that spans the whole disk (as far as the MBR is concerned).
The correct behaviour if the GPT class would be to back-off (reject)
a GPT if there's a MBR that's not a Protective MBR.
At this stage it's inconvenient to destroy a good MBR when working
with GPTs that it's more convenient to have the MBR class back-off
when it detects the GPT signature on disk and have the GPT class
ignore the MBR.
In sys/gpt.h UUIDs (GUIDs) for the following FreeBSD partitions
have been defined:
GPT_ENT_TYPE_FREEBSD
FreeBSD slice with disklabel. This is the equivalent of
the well-known FreeBSD MBR partition type.
GPT_ENT_TYPE_FREEBSD_{SWAP|UFS|UFS2|VINUM}
FreeBSD partitions in the context of disklabel. This is
speculating on the idea to use the GPT to hold partitions
instead if slices and removing the fixed (and low) limits
we have on the number of partitions.
This commit lacks a GPT image for the regression suite.
Revision 1.318: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 21 20:47:10 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.317: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.317: +1 -0 lines
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel option is used (not on by default). - In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set, then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of blocking. - In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case, we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return. - We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes, like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when they adaptively spinned on Giant). - We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make sense for UP kernels. Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
Revision 1.317: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 19 00:11:07 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.316: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.316: +0 -1 lines
Remove IFS from 5.0-CURRENT. This facilitates introducing UFS2 as IFS had its fingers deep in the belly of the UFS/FFS split. IFS will be reimplemented by the maintainer at a later date. Requested by: adrian (maintainer)
Revision 1.316: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 16 21:23:40 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by trhodes
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.315: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.315: +3 -3 lines
More s/file system/filesystem/g
Revision 1.315: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 14 21:59:48 2002 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.314: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.314: +1 -1 lines
Disable the shared locking namei() code for now. It breaks several stacking filesystems. This is on hold until the rest of VFS Locking is reviewed and deemed safe. It can be enabled with 'options LOOKUP_SHARED'.
Revision 1.314: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 7 10:59:52 2002 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.313: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.313: +1 -0 lines
Reconnect db_elf.c to the build (now under "options DDB_NOKLDSYM"). It doesn't actually build yet.
Revision 1.191.2.40: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 30 17:48:08 2002 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tmm
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_6_BP, RELENG_4_6_2_RELEASE, RELENG_4_6_1_RELEASE, RELENG_4_6_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_6
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.39: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.39: +1 -0 lines
MFC of sys/i386/conf/NOTES r1.973, sys/conf/options r1.298 and sys/dev/pci/pci.c r1.182: make PCI_ENABLE_IO_MODES a configuration option. Requested by: orion
Revision 1.313: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 28 04:58:13 2002 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by anholt
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.312: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.312: +4 -0 lines
Hook the DRM up to the build and add it to NOTES. Approved by: des
Revision 1.312: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 14 16:36:38 2002 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.311: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.311: +1 -0 lines
Add a filesystem driver for the Universal Disk Format. For more info, see http://people.freebsd.org/~scottl/udf MFC after: when asmodai gets the backport done Prodded by: phk asmodai des
Revision 1.311: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 9 05:14:16 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.310: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.310: +2 -1 lines
Turn #ifdef LOOKUP_SHARED into #ifndef LOOKUP_EXCLUSIVE to enable this behavior by default. Also, change the options line to reflect this. If there are no problems reported this will become the only behavior and the knob will be removed in a month or so. Demanded by: obrien
Revision 1.310: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 4 23:54:58 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.309: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.309: +2 -1 lines
D'oh! I forgot to commit this a while back. Add an option for enabling f/w crashdumps for the isp driver. MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.309: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 3 10:56:53 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.308: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.308: +0 -1 lines
Dike out a highly insecure UCONSOLE option. TIOCCONS must be able to VOP_ACCESS() /dev/console to succeed. Obtained from: OpenBSD
Revision 1.308: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 2 00:01:47 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.307: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.307: +3 -0 lines
Mutex profiling code, conditional on the MUTEX_PROFILING option. Adds the following sysctl variables: debug.mutex.prof.enable enable / disable profiling debug.mutex.prof.acquisitions number of mutex acquisitions recorded debug.mutex.prof.records number of acquisition points recorded debug.mutex.prof.maxrecords max number of acquisition points debug.mutex.prof.rejected number of rejections (due to full table) debug.mutex.prof.hashsize hash size debug.mutex.prof.collisions number of hash collisions debug.mutex.prof.stats profiling statistics The code records four numbers for each acquisition point (identified by source file name and line number): longest time held, total time held, number of non-recursive acquisitions, average time held. The measurements are in clock cycles (as returned by get_cyclecount(9)); this may cause measurements on some SMP systems to be unreliable. This can probably be worked around by replacing get_cyclecount(9) by some incarnation of nanotime(9). This work was derived from initial patches by eivind.
Revision 1.307: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 1 05:35:23 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jake
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.306: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.306: +0 -1 lines
ktr changes to improve performance and make writing a userland utility to dump the trace buffer feasible. - Remove KTR_EXTEND. This changes the format of the trace entries when activated, making writing a userland tool which is not tied to a specific kernel configuration difficult. - Use get_cyclecount() for timestamps. nanotime() is much too heavy weight and requires recursion protection due to ktr traces occuring as a result of ktr traces. KTR_VERBOSE may still require recursion protection, which is now conditional on it. - Allow KTR_CPU to be overridden by MD code. This is so that it is possible to trace early in startup before pcpu and/or curthread are setup. - Add a version number for the ktr interface. A userland tool can check this to detect mismatches. - Use an array for the parameters to make decoding in userland easier. - Add file and line recording to the non-extended traces now that the extended version is no more. These changes will break gdb macros to decode the extended version of the trace buffer which are floating around. Users of these macros should either use the show ktr command in ddb, or use the userland utility which can be run on a core dump. Approved by: jhb Tested on: i386, sparc64
Revision 1.306: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 30 03:52:52 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.305: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.305: +0 -1 lines
Nuke CV_DEBUG in favour of INVARIANTS. Approved by: jhb
Revision 1.305: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 23 15:46:54 2002 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by nsouch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.304: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.304: +1 -0 lines
Major rework of the iicbus/smbus framework: - VIA chipset SMBus controllers added - alpm driver updated - Support for dynamic modules added - bktr FreeBSD smbus updated but not tested - cleanup
Revision 1.304: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 12 04:00:11 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jeff
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.303: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.303: +1 -0 lines
This patch adds the "LOCKSHARED" option to namei which causes it to only acquire shared locks on leafs. The stat() and open() calls have been changed to make use of this new functionality. Using shared locks in these cases is sufficient and can significantly reduce their latency if IO is pending to these vnodes. Also, this reduces the number of exclusive locks that are floating around in the system, which helps reduce the number of deadlocks that occur. A new kernel option "LOOKUP_SHARED" has been added. It defaults to off so this patch can be turned on for testing, and should eventually go away once it is proven to be stable. I have personally been running this patch for over a year now, so it is believed to be fully stable. Reviewed by: jake, obrien Approved by: jake
Revision 1.303: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 11 08:06:24 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.302: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.302: +1 -0 lines
Add the GEOM option.
Revision 1.191.2.39: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 19 23:08:49 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by fjoe
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.38: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.38: +1 -0 lines
make LINT compilable again (add NMBUFS option)
Revision 1.191.2.38: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 15 16:06:09 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gallatin
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.37: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.37: +3 -0 lines
MFC: Make DEVICE_POLLING an MI option, because it works on all platforms
Revision 1.302: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 15 13:16:10 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.301: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.301: +0 -12 lines
Garbage-collect options ACPI_NO_ENABLE_ON_BOOT, AML_DEBUG, BLEED, DEVICE_SYSCTLS, KEY, LOUTB, NFS_MUIDHASHSIZ, NFS_UIDHASHSIZ, PCI_QUIET and SIMPLELOCK_DEBUG.
Revision 1.301: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 12 00:26:06 2002 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gallatin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.300: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.300: +3 -0 lines
Enable polling to be configured into kernels on non i386 platforms. Note that poll_in_trap is only implemented on i386. I've tested this on alpha. Approved by: luigi
Revision 1.300: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 15 06:46:59 2002 UTC (10 years ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.299: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.299: +1 -0 lines
Make PCI_ALLOW_UNSUPPORTED_IO_RANGE an option until the ISA address problem is fixed at the bridge level. This is needed for some newer laptops that have the cardbus bridge not on pci0.
Revision 1.299: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 22 16:05:24 2001 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by iwasaki
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.298: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.298: +2 -0 lines
Add OS layer ACPI mutex and threading support. - Temporary fix a bug of Intel ACPI CA core code. - Add OS layer ACPI mutex support. This can be disabled by specifying option ACPI_NO_SEMAPHORES. - Add ACPI threading support. Now that we have a dedicate taskqueue for ACPI tasks and more ACPI task threads can be created by specifying option ACPI_MAX_THREADS. - Change acpi_EvaluateIntoBuffer() behavior slightly to reuse given caller's buffer unless AE_BUFFER_OVERFLOW occurs. Also CM battery's evaluations were changed to use acpi_EvaluateIntoBuffer(). - Add new utility function acpi_ConvertBufferToInteger(). - Add simple locking for CM battery and temperature updating. - Fix a minor problem on EC locking. - Make the thermal zone polling rate to be changeable. - Change minor things on AcpiOsSignal(); in ACPI_SIGNAL_FATAL case, entering Debugger is easier to investigate the problem rather than panic.
Revision 1.298: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 21 21:46:55 2001 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tmm
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.297: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.297: +1 -0 lines
Move the PCI_ENABLE_IO_MODES option from conf/options.i386 to conf/options.
Revision 1.297: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 15 16:03:24 2001 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.296: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.296: +1 -2 lines
Axe NFS_NOSERVER since it doesn't do anything anymore. Remove NFSSERVER from your config file instead.
Revision 1.191.2.37: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 3 01:41:07 2001 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_5_BP, RELENG_4_5_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_5
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.36: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.36: +4 -6 lines
MFC: - Make MAXTSIZ, DFLDSIZ, MAXDSIZ, DFLSSIZ, MAXSSIZ, SGROWSIZ loader tunable. - Change TUNABLE_*_FETCH to have a return value of 0 if the variable was not found or successfully converted and true otherwise. - Use vm_offset_t instead of caddr_t to fix a warning and remove two casts in kern_exec.c.
Revision 1.296: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 10 23:06:52 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by ps
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.295: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.295: +4 -6 lines
Make MAXTSIZ, DFLDSIZ, MAXDSIZ, DFLSSIZ, MAXSSIZ, SGROWSIZ loader tunable. Reviewed by: peter MFC after: 2 weeks
Revision 1.295: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 29 22:32:00 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by iedowse
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.294: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.294: +4 -1 lines
Add an option ED_NO_MIIBUS, which causes the `ed' driver to be built without support for miibus PHYs. Most ed cards don't need miibus support, so it's useful to be able to avoid the bloat of all the mii devices for small fixed-purpose kernels.
Revision 1.294: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 27 21:54:26 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by brooks
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.293: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.293: +2 -1 lines
Add ng_ip_input. A new netgraph node for queuing IP packets into the main IP input processing code.
Revision 1.293: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 27 03:14:11 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by brooks
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.292: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.292: +1 -1 lines
NULL commit due to misunderstanding "cvs commit -m <blah>". The previous log message "/home/brooks/ng_gif.message" should have read: Add a pair of new netgraph nodes. The ng_gif node is like ng_ether except that it works on gif interfaces. The ng_gif_demux node attaches to an ng_gif node to allow separate processing or discarding of different types of encapsulated traffic.
Revision 1.292: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 26 23:50:16 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by brooks
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.291: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.291: +3 -1 lines
/home/brooks/ng_gif.message
Revision 1.291: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 18 23:31:27 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.290: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.290: +3 -2 lines
Cleanup and split of nfs client and server code. This builds on the top of several repo-copies.
Revision 1.191.2.36: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 15 00:50:35 2001 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by dillon
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.35: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.35: +3 -1 lines
MFC VM_SWZONE_SIZE_MAX and VM_BCACHE_SIZE_MAX features for i386. Other architectures coming soon. -current has a more complete implementation.
Revision 1.290: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 23 20:32:20 2001 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: KSE_PRE_MILESTONE_2, KSE_MILESTONE_2
Diff to: previous 1.289: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.289: +2 -1 lines
Add a new kernel option RESTARTABLE_PANICS. If this option is present, then one can restart from a panic by resetting the panicstr variable to NULL. This commit conditionalizes the previously committed functionality on this variable. It also removes the __dead2 attribute from the panic() function so that when one continues from a panic() the behavior will be predictable.
Revision 1.289: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 20 00:41:11 2001 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by dillon
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.288: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.288: +3 -1 lines
Limit the amount of KVM reserved for the buffer cache and for swap-meta information. The default limits only effect machines with > 1GB of ram and can be overriden with two new kernel conf variables VM_SWZONE_SIZE_MAX and VM_BCACHE_SIZE_MAX, or with loader variables kern.maxswzone and kern.maxbcache. This has the effect of leaving more KVM available for sizing NMBCLUSTERS and 'maxusers' and should avoid tripups where a sysad adds memory to a machine and then sees the kernel panic on boot due to running out of KVM. Also change the default swap-meta auto-sizing calculation to allocate half of what it was previously allocating. The prior defaults were way too high. Note that we cannot afford to run out of swap-meta structures so we still stay somewhat conservative here.
Revision 1.288: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 18 03:08:47 2001 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.287: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.287: +5 -3 lines
Sigh. ufs_lookup() calls ffs_snapgone(), meaning that 'options EXT2FS' without 'options FFS' would fail to link.
Revision 1.191.2.35: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 3 00:47:27 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_4_BP, RELENG_4_4_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.34: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.34: +2 -1 lines
MFC: new netgraph node type for Ethernet bridging. (Somehow this MFC was forgotten for a long time.)
Revision 1.191.2.34: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 1 19:33:44 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by iedowse
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.33: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.33: +4 -1 lines
MFC: Directory hashing for better performance on large directories. This is turned off by default; to enable it, add "options UFS_DIRHASH" to the kernel config file.
Revision 1.191.2.33: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 30 23:27:58 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.32: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.32: +3 -3 lines
MFC: tunable update. Do MAXUSERS derived tuning at boot time, with overrides. Allow hz to be tunable. Stop copying param.c to compiledir.
Revision 1.191.2.32: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 27 08:57:47 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by pirzyk
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.31: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.31: +2 -1 lines
Put a knob in the kernel config files to tweak the user max stack size. PR: kern/28925 Reviewed by: bakul@bitblocks.com and tlambert2@mindspring.com on -arch.
Revision 1.287: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 26 23:05:35 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.286: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.286: +3 -3 lines
Move MAXUSERS out of opt_param.h to make sure that other code doesn't use it rather than the tunable version.
Revision 1.286: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 25 00:14:56 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by brooks
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.285: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.285: +2 -1 lines
Allow ng_split to be compiled in staticly. MFC after: 7 weeks
Revision 1.191.2.31: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 24 09:49:40 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by dd
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.30: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.30: +1 -2 lines
Removing old, broken DEVFS from -stable phase one: remove support code, everything under #ifdef DEVFS (and thus opt_devfs.h), and most references to the DEVFS routines. Code that really couldn't be reached was left alone. Removal of the actual DEVFS implementation will come later. Approved by: -stable
Revision 1.285: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 20 20:25:38 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by pirzyk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.284: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.284: +2 -1 lines
Put a knob in the kernel config files to tweak the user max stack size. PR: kern/28925 Reviewed by: bakul@bitblocks.com and tlambert2@mindspring.com on -arch. MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.191.2.30: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 19 06:37:24 2001 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by kris
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.29: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.29: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Add ``options RANDOM_IP_ID'' which randomizes the ID field of IP packets. This closes a minor information leak which allows a remote observer to determine the rate at which the machine is generating packets, since the default behaviour is to increment a counter for each packet sent.
Revision 1.284: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 10 21:21:19 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by iedowse
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.283: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.283: +4 -1 lines
Bring in dirhash, a simple hash-based lookup optimisation for large
directories. When enabled via "options UFS_DIRHASH", in-core hash
arrays are maintained for large directories. These allow all
directory operations to take place quickly instead of requiring
long linear searches. For now anyway, dirhash is not enabled by
default.
The in-core hash arrays have a memory requirement that is approximately
half the size of the size of the on-disk directory file. A number
of new sysctl variables allow control over which directories get
hashed and over the maximum amount of memory that dirhash will use:
vfs.ufs.dirhash_minsize
The minimum on-disk directory size for which hashing should be
used. The default is 2560 (2.5k).
vfs.ufs.dirhash_maxmem
The system-wide maximum total memory to be used by dirhash data
structures. The default is 2097152 (2MB).
The current amount of memory being used by dirhash is visible
through the read-only sysctl variable vfs.ufs.dirhash_maxmem.
Finally, some extra sanity checks that are enabled by default, but
which may have an impact on performance, can be disabled by setting
vfs.ufs.dirhash_docheck to 0.
Discussed on: -fs, -hackers
Revision 1.191.2.29: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 9 17:30:01 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.28: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.28: +2 -1 lines
(MFC 1.281): add SA_IO_TIMEOUT option.
Revision 1.283: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 8 01:04:10 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by dd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.282: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.282: +15 -14 lines
Fill paragraphs after previous commit.
Revision 1.282: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 8 01:02:37 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by dd
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.281: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.281: +4 -4 lines
Note that options should be listed in NOTES, not LINT, although LINT is generated from NOTES. Also correct a bogus path; <machine>/conf/options.<machine> doesn't exist.
Revision 1.281: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 2 17:48:58 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.280: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.280: +2 -1 lines
A slightly more complete change to timeouts: 1. Add SA_IO_TIMEOUT as an option (4 minutes default) to cover reads, writes, wfm, test unit ready. 2. Add internal SCSIOP_TIMEOUT (e.g., for mode sense) at 1 minute. This should not require an option, but is cleaner to parameterize. MFC after: 1 week
Revision 1.280: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 24 18:15:58 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.279: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.279: +4 -1 lines
Add CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE as an option (to be included in opt_cam.h).
Revision 1.191.2.28: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 22 02:24:19 2001 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by silby
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.27: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.27: +1 -2 lines
MFC: Removal of TCP_COMPAT_42 Approved by: wollman
Revision 1.279: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 11 10:58:07 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.278: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.278: +2 -1 lines
Add a PSEUDOFS option to allow pseudofs to be built statically.
Revision 1.191.2.27: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jun 9 16:18:10 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.26: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.26: +1 -2 lines
MFC: Nuke the TCP_RESTRICT_RST option.
Revision 1.191.2.26: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 1 22:43:06 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by dirk
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.25: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.25: +2 -2 lines
MFC: Fix typo (opt_acc.h -> opt_aac.h) for AAC_COMPAT_LINUX.
Revision 1.278: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 1 22:39:50 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by dirk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.277: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.277: +2 -2 lines
Fix typo (opt_acc.h -> opt_aac.h) for AAC_COMPAT_LINUX.
Revision 1.277: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 1 10:02:22 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by kris
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.276: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.276: +2 -1 lines
Add ``options RANDOM_IP_ID'' which randomizes the ID field of IP packets. This closes a minor information leak which allows a remote observer to determine the rate at which the machine is generating packets, since the default behaviour is to increment a counter for each packet sent. Reviewed by: -net Obtained from: OpenBSD
Revision 1.276: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 29 18:49:46 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.275: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.275: +1 -4 lines
Remove MFS from configs idea of the world.
Revision 1.275: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 24 17:01:51 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.274: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.274: +2 -1 lines
Add a new kernel option 'BLEED' to be used for code that is still under development but is being developed in the tree for whatever reason. Not objected to by: peter, jlemon
Revision 1.274: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu May 24 06:24:06 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.273: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.273: +1 -2 lines
Remove DEV_SNP -> opt_snp.h Forgotten by: dd
Revision 1.273: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 23 09:42:01 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.272: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.272: +4 -4 lines
- FDESC, FIFO, NULL, PORTAL, PROC, UMAP and UNION file
systems were repo-copied from sys/miscfs to sys/fs.
- Renamed the following file systems and their modules:
fdesc -> fdescfs, portal -> portalfs, union -> unionfs.
- Renamed corresponding kernel options:
FDESC -> FDESCFS, PORTAL -> PORTALFS, UNION -> UNIONFS.
- Install header files for the above file systems.
- Removed bogus -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys CFLAGS from userland
Makefiles.
Revision 1.272: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 22 08:32:13 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.271: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.271: +2 -5 lines
Hide UNION in opt_dontuse.h (see vfs_syscalls.c,v 1.109).
Revision 1.191.2.25: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 21 08:28:06 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by bp
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.24: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.24: +2 -1 lines
MFC: kernel side of iconv interface.
Revision 1.191.2.24: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 18 11:01:16 2001 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by bp
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.23: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.23: +2 -1 lines
MFC: mbuild/mdissect subroutines for mbufs.
Revision 1.271: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 13 20:52:36 2001 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.270: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.270: +2 -2 lines
Convert DEVFS from an "opt-in" to an "opt-out" option. If for some reason DEVFS is undesired, the "NODEVFS" option is needed now. Pending any significant issues, DEVFS will be made mandatory in -current on july 1st so that we can start reaping the full benefits of having it.
Revision 1.191.2.23: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 26 00:25:18 2001 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by msmith
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.22: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.22: +11 -1 lines
MFC: AAC_* options Submitted by: Chris Csanady <cc@ameslab.gov>
Revision 1.270: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 20 11:58:40 2001 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by jesper
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.269: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.269: +1 -2 lines
Say goodbye to TCP_COMPAT_42 Reviewed by: wollman Requested by: wollman
Revision 1.269: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 13 03:50:37 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.268: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.268: +2 -1 lines
Make SOMAXCONN a kernel option. Submitted by: Terry Lambert <terry@lambert.org>
Revision 1.268: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Apr 11 19:29:24 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.267: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.267: +2 -1 lines
o Introduce "options REGRESSION", a kernel option which enables interfaces and functionality intended for use during correctness and regression testing. Features enabled by "options REGRESSION" may in and of themselves introduce security or correctness problems if used improperly, and so are not intended for use in production systems, only in testing environments. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.267: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 9 09:39:27 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by bp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.266: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.266: +2 -1 lines
Add function prototypes and base module for kernel side iconv library. Add simple "xlat" converter which performs 8to8 table based conversion. Unicode converter will be added in the near future. Reviewed by: silence on arch@ Files placement reviewed by: bde Obtained from: smbfs
Revision 1.191.2.22: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 5 17:23:43 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sos
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_3_BP, RELENG_4_3_0_RELEASE, RELENG_4_3
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.21: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.21: +1 -4 lines
MFC: remove opsolete WC/TAGS/ATAPI_DMA options, they are now tuneables Approved by: jkh
Revision 1.266: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 26 17:53:18 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.265: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.265: +6 -1 lines
Introduce support for POSIX.1e ACLs on UFS-based file systems. This
implementation is still experimental, and while fairly broadly tested,
is not yet intended for production use. Support for POSIX.1e ACLs on
UFS will not be MFC'd to RELENG_4.
This implementation works by providing implementations of VOP_[GS]ETACL()
for FFS, as well as modifying the appropriate access control and file
creation routines. In this implementation, ACLs are backed into extended
attributes; the base ACL (owner, group, other) permissions remain in the
inode for performance and compatibility reasons, so only the extended and
default ACLs are placed in extended attributes. The logic for ACL
evaluation is provided by the fs-independent kern/kern_acl.c.
o Introduce UFS_ACL, a compile-time configuration option that enables
support for ACLs on FFS (and potentially other UFS-based file systems).
o Introduce ufs_getacl(), ufs_setacl(), ufs_aclcheck(), which
respectively get, set, and check the ACLs on the passed vnode.
o Introduce ufs_sync_acl_from_inode(), ufs_sync_inode_from_acl() to
maintain access control information between inode permissions and
extended attribute data.
o Modify ufs_access() to load a file access ACL and invoke
vaccess_acl_posix1e() if ACLs are available on the file system
o Modify ufs_mkdir() and ufs_makeinode() to associate ACLs with newly
created directories and files, inheriting from the parent directory's
default ACL.
o Enable these new vnode operations and conditionally compiled code
paths if UFS_ACL is defined.
A few notes:
o This implementation is fairly widely tested, but still should be
considered experimental.
o Currently, ACLs are not exported via NFS, instead, the summarizing
file mode/etc from the inode is. This results in conservative
protection behavior, similar to the behavior of ACL-nonaware programs
acting locally.
o It is possible that underlying binary data formats associated with
this implementation may change. Consumers of the implementation
should expect to find their local configuration obsoleted in the
next few months, resulting in possible loss of ACL data during an
upgrade.
o The extended attributes interface and implementation is still
undergoing modification to address portable interface concerns, as
well as performance.
o Many applications do not yet correctly handle ACLs. In general,
due to the POSIX.1e ACL model, behavior of ACL-unaware applications
will be conservative with respects to file protection; some caution
is recommended.
o Instructions for configuring and maintaining ACLs on UFS will be
committed in the near future; in the mean time it is possible to
reference the README included in the last UFS ACL distribution
placed in the TrustedBSD web site:
http://www.TrustedBSD.org/downloads/
Substantial debugging, hardware, travel, or connectivity support for this
project was provided by: BSDi, Safeport Network Services, and NAI Labs.
Significant coding contributions were made by Chris Faulhaber. Additional
support was provided by Brian Feldman, Thomas Moestl, and Ilmar Habibulin.
Reviewed by: jedgar, keichii, mckusick, trustedbsd-discuss, freebsd-fs
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.265: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 22 21:34:18 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by scottl
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.264: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.264: +3 -1 lines
Allow AAC_COMPAT_LINUX to be used when compiling aac support into the kernel. Requires that COMPAT_LINUX also be set.
Revision 1.264: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 19 22:03:11 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.263: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.263: +1 -2 lines
Axe TCP_RESTRICT_RST. It was never a particularly good idea except for a few very specific scenarios, and now that we have had net.inet.tcp.blackhole for quite some time there is really no reason to use it any more. (first of three commits)
Revision 1.263: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 19 04:35:36 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.262: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.262: +5 -5 lines
o Change options FFS_EXTATTR and options FFS_EXTATTR_AUTOSTART to options UFS_EXTATTR and UFS_EXTATTR_AUTOSTART respectively. This change reflects the fact that our EA support is implemented entirely at the UFS layer (modulo FFS start/stop/autostart hooks for mount and unmount events). This also better reflects the fact that [shortly] MFS will also support EAs, as well as possibly IFS. o Consumers of the EA support in FFS are reminded that as a result, they must change kernel config files to reflect the new option names. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.262: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 17 00:09:47 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.261: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.261: +9 -1 lines
Add the AAC_DEBUG option to enable debugging in the aac driver. Reviewed by: msmith
Revision 1.261: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 15 16:43:55 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.260: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.260: +1 -3 lines
Hmm, the last commit apparently only made it halfways
Revision 1.260: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 15 15:37:26 2001 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.259: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.259: +1 -2 lines
Remove the ATA_ENABLE_ATAPI_DMA, ATA_ENABLE_WC and ATA_ENABLE_TAGS options, use the tuneables listed in ata.4 instead.
Revision 1.259: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 14 05:32:31 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.258: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.258: +2 -1 lines
o Implement "options FFS_EXTATTR_AUTOSTART", which depends on
"options FFS_EXTATTR". When extended attribute auto-starting
is enabled, FFS will scan the .attribute directory off of the
root of each file system, as it is mounted. If .attribute
exists, EA support will be started for the file system. If
there are files in the directory, FFS will attempt to start
them as attribute backing files for attributes baring the same
name. All attributes are started before access to the file
system is permitted, so this permits race-free enabling of
attributes. For attributes backing support for security
features, such as ACLs, MAC, Capabilities, this is vital, as
it prevents the file system attributes from getting out of
sync as a result of file system operations between mount-time
and the enabling of the extended attribute. The userland
extattrctl tool will still function exactly as previously.
Files must be placed directly in .attribute, which must be
directly off of the file system root: symbolic links are
not permitted. FFS_EXTATTR will continue to be able
to function without FFS_EXTATTR_AUTOSTART for sites that do not
want/require auto-starting. If you're using the UFS_ACL code
available from www.TrustedBSD.org, using FFS_EXTATTR_AUTOSTART
is recommended.
o This support is implemented by adding an invocation of
ufs_extattr_autostart() to ffs_mountfs(). In addition,
several new supporting calls are introduced in
ufs_extattr.c:
ufs_extattr_autostart(): start EAs on the specified mount
ufs_extattr_lookup(): given a directory and filename,
return the vnode for the file.
ufs_extattr_enable_with_open(): invoke ufs_extattr_enable()
after doing the equililent of vn_open()
on the passed file.
ufs_extattr_iterate_directory(): iterate over a directory,
invoking ufs_extattr_lookup() and
ufs_extattr_enable_with_open() on each
entry.
o This feature is not widely tested, and therefore may contain
bugs, caution is advised. Several changes are in the pipeline
for this feature, including breaking out of EA namespaces into
subdirectories of .attribute (this is waiting on the updated
EA API), as well as a per-filesystem flag indicating whether
or not EAs should be auto-started. This is required because
administrators may not want .attribute auto-started on all
file systems, especially if non-administrators have write access
to the root of a file system.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.258: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 9 20:09:27 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.257: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.257: +1 -2 lines
Make md(4) and mdconfig(8) take over the role of vn(4) and vnconfig(8) entirely as previously advertised. md(4) adopted all assets of vn(4) some time back and has proper devfs support and cloning abilities to boot.
Revision 1.257: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 1 23:13:12 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.256: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.256: +2 -1 lines
Add the LINPROCFS option. Forgotten by: peter
Revision 1.191.2.21: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 25 21:25:28 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by sos
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.20: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.20: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Add ATA_ENABLE_WC option
Revision 1.256: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 24 19:03:18 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.255: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.255: +2 -1 lines
Add back in INVARIANT_SUPPORT and expand the comments in NOTES about it to include the reasoning Eivind justifiably thwapped me over the head with.
Revision 1.255: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 24 15:44:28 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by bp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.254: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.254: +2 -1 lines
Introduce API for sequential reads/writes (build/dissect) of mbuf chains. Reviewed by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>, Bosko Milekic <bmilekic@technokratis.com>, Julian Elischer <julian@elischer.org> and arch@/net@ Obtained from: smbfs
Revision 1.254: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 22 10:03:05 2001 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.253: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.253: +1 -2 lines
Now that zerror() and SPLASSERT() have been laid to rest, INVARIANT_SUPPORT is no longer needed. R.I.P.
Revision 1.253: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 4 15:35:08 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.252: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.252: +7 -10 lines
Clean up some leftovers from the root mount cleanup that was done some time ago. FFS_ROOT and CD9660_ROOT are obsolete.
Revision 1.252: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 31 05:33:23 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.251: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.251: +2 -1 lines
Add hpfs and the config glue for it. It was being skipped from test coverage.
Revision 1.251: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 17:59:49 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.250: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.250: +3 -2 lines
Add option ATA_ENABLE_WC for enabling write caching (now off by default).
Revision 1.250: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 13:26:13 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.249: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.249: +2 -1 lines
Supply a stub bpf_validate() (always returning false - the script is not valid) if BPF is missing. The netgraph_bpf node forced bpf to be present, reflect that in the options. Stop doing a 'count bpf' - we provide stubs. Since a handful of drivers still refer to "bpf.h", provide a more accurate indication that the API is present always. (eg: netinet6)
Revision 1.249: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 11:57:27 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.248: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.248: +2 -1 lines
Convert mca (microchannel bus support) from something that we count (bogus) to something that we test for the presence of.
Revision 1.248: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 10:01:10 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.247: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.247: +5 -1 lines
Convert ata and atapi #if NATA* > 0 to options instead. Stop config trying to count the number of ata* devs since they were not used anyway.
Revision 1.247: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 09:43:36 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.246: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.246: +4 -1 lines
Turn '#if NSNP > 0' into an option.
Revision 1.246: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 29 09:38:37 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.245: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.245: +2 -1 lines
Send "#if NISA > 0" to the bit-bucket and replace it with an option. These were compile-time "is the isa code present?" tests and not 'how many isa busses' tests.
Revision 1.245: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 16 01:00:41 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by jasone
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.244: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.244: +2 -1 lines
Implement condition variables.
Revision 1.244: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 14 19:03:53 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.243: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.243: +5 -1 lines
Add {ACD,AST,ATAPI,ATA}_DEBUG.
Approved by: sos
Revision 1.243: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 14 17:50:12 2001 UTC (11 years ago) by markm
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.242: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.242: +1 -4 lines
Remove NOBLOCKRANDOM as a compile-time option. Instead, provide exactly the same functionality via a sysctl, making this feature a run-time option. The default is 1(ON), which means that /dev/random device will NOT block at startup. setting kern.random.sys.seeded to 0(OFF) will cause /dev/random to block until the next reseed, at which stage the sysctl will be changed back to 1(ON). While I'm here, clean up the sysctls, and make them dynamic. Reviewed by: des Tested on Alpha by: obrien
Revision 1.242: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 28 12:17:27 2000 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.241: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.241: +1 -2 lines
Retire kernfs (kernel part).
Revision 1.241: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 16 00:54:50 2000 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.240: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.240: +1 -8 lines
Back out these two changes inadvertantly made with the last commit.
Revision 1.240: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 15 22:26:42 2000 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.239: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.239: +8 -1 lines
SNAPDATE is an obsolete mechanism which has also been pretty much of a no-op all along anyway. There are other ways to set this for release building, so nuke it. PR: 22979
Revision 1.239: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 13 01:25:07 2000 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by msmith
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.238: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.238: +1 -2 lines
Next round of PCI subsystem updates: - Break out the /dev/pci driver into a separate file. - Kill the COMPAT_OLDPCI support. - Make the EISA bridge attach a bit more like the old code; explicitly check for the existence of eisa0/isa0 and only attach if they don't already exist. Only make one bus_generic_attach() pass over the bridge, once both busses are attached. Note that the stupid Intel bridge's class is entirely unpredictable. - Add prototypes and re-layout the core PCI modules in line with current coding standards (not a major whitespace change, just moving the module data to the top of the file). - Remove redundant type-2 bridge support from the core PCI code; the PCI-CardBus code does this itself internally. Remove the now entirely redundant header-class-specific support, as well as the secondary and subordinate bus number fields. These are bridge attributes now. - Add support for PCI Extended Capabilities. - Add support for PCI Power Management. The interface currently allows a driver to query and set the power state of a device. - Add helper functions to allow drivers to enable/disable busmastering and the decoding of I/O and memory ranges. - Use PCI_SLOTMAX and PCI_FUNCMAX rather than magic numbers in some places. - Make the PCI-PCI bridge code a little more paranoid about valid I/O and memory decodes. - Add some more PCI register definitions for the command and status registers. Correct another bogus definition for type-1 bridges.
Revision 1.191.2.20: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 16 17:28:30 2000 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_2_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.19: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.19: +2 -1 lines
MFC: new netgraph node type ng_one2many(4). Approved by: jkh
Revision 1.238: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 16 16:59:26 2000 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.237: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.237: +2 -1 lines
Add kernel option NETGRAPH_ONE2MANY.
Revision 1.237: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 7 01:49:46 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.236: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.236: +4 -3 lines
- Remove much of the inlining of the KTR tracepoints into a ktr_tracepoint() function declared in kern_ktr.c. The only inline checks left are the checks that compare KTR_COMPILE with the supplied mask and thus should be optimized away into either nothing or a direct call to ktr_tracepoint(). - Move several KTR-related options to opt_ktr.h now that they are only needed by kern_ktr.c and not by ktr.h. - Add in the ktr_verbose functionality if KTR_EXTEND is turned on. If the global variable 'ktr_verbose' is non-zero, then KTR messages will be dumped to the console. This variable can be set by either kernel code or via the 'debug.ktr_verbose' sysctl. It defaults to off unless the KTR_VERBOSE kernel option is specified in which case it defaults to on. This can be useful when the machine locks up spinning in a loop with interrupts disabled as you might be able to see what it is doing when it locks up. Requested by: phk
Revision 1.191.2.19: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 31 18:54:16 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.18: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.18: +3 -1 lines
MFC: Add the AHC_DEBUG_SEQUENCER option.
Revision 1.236: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 31 18:01:15 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.235: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.235: +3 -1 lines
Add the aic7xxx option AHC_DEBUG_SEQUENCER. This enables some diagnostic code in the firmware downloaded to the aic7xxx RISC engine.
Revision 1.235: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 27 06:05:59 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by markm
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.234: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.234: +4 -1 lines
As the blocking model has seems to be troublesome for many, disable it for now with an option. This option is already deprecated, and will be removed when the entropy-harvesting code is fast enough to warrant it.
Revision 1.234: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 27 03:00:27 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.233: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.233: +3 -1 lines
Add and document the WITNESS_SKIPSPIN and WITNESS_DDB kernel options.
Revision 1.191.2.18: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 25 06:26:55 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by sos
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.17: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.17: +2 -1 lines
Add the ATA RAID subdriver
Revision 1.233: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 20 07:26:37 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.232: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.232: +2 -2 lines
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
Revision 1.191.2.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 17 08:01:19 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by roger
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.16: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.16: +8 -2 lines
MFC: Add new bktr options
Revision 1.232: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 17 07:59:56 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by roger
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.231: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.231: +8 -2 lines
Add new bktr options
Revision 1.231: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 14 03:02:22 2000 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by adrian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.230: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.230: +2 -1 lines
Initial commit of IFS - a inode-namespaced FFS. Here is a short
description:
How it works:
--
Basically ifs is a copy of ffs, overriding some vfs/vnops. (Yes, hack.)
I didn't see the need in duplicating all of sys/ufs/ffs to get this
off the ground.
File creation is done through a special file - 'newfile' . When newfile
is called, the system allocates and returns an inode. Note that newfile
is done in a cloning fashion:
fd = open("newfile", O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0644);
fstat(fd, &st);
printf("new file is %d\n", (int)st.st_ino);
Once you have created a file, you can open() and unlink() it by its returned
inode number retrieved from the stat call, ie:
fd = open("5", O_RDWR);
The creation permissions depend entirely if you have write access to the
root directory of the filesystem.
To get the list of currently allocated inodes, VOP_READDIR has been added
which returns a directory listing of those currently allocated.
--
What this entails:
* patching conf/files and conf/options to include IFS as a new compile
option (and since ifs depends upon FFS, include the FFS routines)
* An entry in i386/conf/NOTES indicating IFS exists and where to go for
an explanation
* Unstaticize a couple of routines in src/sys/ufs/ffs/ which the IFS
routines require (ffs_mount() and ffs_reload())
* a new bunch of routines in src/sys/ufs/ifs/ which implement the IFS
routines. IFS replaces some of the vfsops, and a handful of vnops -
most notably are VFS_VGET(), VOP_LOOKUP(), VOP_UNLINK() and VOP_READDIR().
Any other directory operation is marked as invalid.
What this results in:
* an IFS partition's create permissions are controlled by the perm/ownership of
the root mount point, just like a normal directory
* Each inode has perm and ownership too
* IFS does *NOT* mean an FFS partition can be opened per inode. This is a
completely seperate filesystem here
* Softupdates doesn't work with IFS, and really I don't think it needs it.
Besides, fsck's are FAST. (Try it :-)
* Inodes 0 and 1 aren't allocatable because they are special (dump/swap IIRC).
Inode 2 isn't allocatable since UFS/FFS locks all inodes in the system against
this particular inode, and unravelling THAT code isn't trivial. Therefore,
useful inodes start at 3.
Enjoy, and feedback is definitely appreciated!
Revision 1.230: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Oct 3 18:06:24 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.229: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.229: +2 -1 lines
add ATA_ENABLE_TAGS option
Revision 1.229: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 1 08:17:18 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by iwasaki
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.228: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.228: +1 -2 lines
Remove ACPI_NO_OSDFUNC_INLINE option from kernel configuration. Now that it's enabled in acpireg.h only if DIAGNOSTIC option is specified. ACPICA OSD functions will be compiled in machine/acpi_machdep.c again tentatively (if DIAGNOSTIC option is specified). # Should we have acpica_osd.c ?
Revision 1.191.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 30 02:49:29 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.15: +1 -3 lines
MFC: Remove the NCPU, NAPIC, NBUS, NINTR config options. Make NAPIC, NBUS, NINTR dynamic and set NCPU to a maximum of 16 under SMP. Move MAXCPU from machine/smp.h to machine/param.h to expose MAXCPU in the !SMP case and replace NCPUS with MAXCPU since they are redundant.
Revision 1.228: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 22 23:39:46 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by ps
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.227: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.227: +1 -3 lines
Remove the NCPU, NAPIC, NBUS, NINTR config options. Make NAPIC, NBUS, NINTR dynamic and set NCPU to a maximum of 16 under SMP. Reviewed by: peter
Revision 1.191.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 21 20:33:46 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by msmith
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_1_1_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.14: +4 -1 lines
MFC: bring the 'asr' driver for current DPT RAID controllers back to -STABLE.
Revision 1.227: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 16 20:45:11 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.226: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.226: +2 -2 lines
I have no idea how a '#' became a '*'... Spotted by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely5.cicely.de>
Revision 1.226: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 16 18:55:01 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.225: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.225: +4 -5 lines
Make LINT compile.
Revision 1.225: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 14 20:07:32 2000 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by markm
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.224: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.224: +1 -2 lines
Take out the RANDOMDEV option. The entropy device is a (pseudo-)device now.
Revision 1.224: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Sep 7 01:32:41 2000 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by jasone
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.223: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.223: +10 -1 lines
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
Revision 1.223: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 6 11:26:29 2000 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_SMPNG
Diff to: previous 1.222: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.222: +5 -1 lines
Add refcounts to the "global" DEVFS inode slots, this allows us to recycle inodes after a destroy_dev() but not until all mounts have picked up the change. Add support for an overflow table for DEVFS inodes. The static table defaults to 1024 inodes, if that fills, an overflow table of 32k inodes is allocated. Both numbers can be changed at compile time, the size of the overflow table also with the sysctl vfs.devfs.noverflow. Use atomic instructions to barrier between make_dev()/destroy_dev() and the mounts. Add lockmgr() locking of directories for operations accessing or modifying the directory TAILQs. Various nitpicking here and there.
Revision 1.222: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 1 22:16:33 2000 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by msmith
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.221: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.221: +4 -1 lines
List opt_asr.h for creation, as it's expected by the 'asr' driver in a static kernel build.
Revision 1.221: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 1 01:37:12 2000 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.220: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.220: +3 -2 lines
New netgraph node type for Ethernet bridging. No ipfw support yet.
Revision 1.220: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 31 15:34:39 2000 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by takawata
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.219: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.219: +7 -1 lines
Merge rest piece of ACPI driver.To activate acpi driver ,add device acpi line. Merge finished. But still experimental phase.Need more hack! Obtained from:ACPI for FreeBSD project
Revision 1.191.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 8 07:50:57 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by kbyanc
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.13: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Replace the PQ_*CACHE options with a single PQ_CACHESIZE option that
you set equal to the number of kilobytes in your cache. The old
options are still supported for backwards compatibility.
Revision 1.191.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 4 22:31:06 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.12: +13 -13 lines
MFC: pmap interface optimizations, optionally physically backed SYSVSHM.
Revision 1.191.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 28 04:03:39 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by alfred
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.11: +3 -1 lines
MFC: accept_filters
Revision 1.219: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jul 26 19:40:42 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.218: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.218: +1 -2 lines
Remove the SHM_PHYS_BACKED option. Approved by: peter (in principle)
Revision 1.191.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 20 00:45:06 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by kris
Branches: RELENG_4
CVS tags: RELENG_4_1_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.10: +2 -1 lines
MFC: XBONEHACK
Revision 1.218: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 20 00:35:33 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by kris
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.217: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.217: +2 -1 lines
Temporary hack for the benefit of the X-Bone project (http://www.isi.edu/xbone). I expect this to go away in due course. Submitted by: Lars Eggert <larse@ISI.EDU>
Revision 1.191.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 17 13:48:39 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by sheldonh
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.9: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Rename MDNSECT to MD_NSECT and add it to options and LINT.
Revision 1.217: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 17 13:13:02 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by sheldonh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.216: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.216: +2 -2 lines
Rename MDNSECT to MD_NSECT and declare it as something that isn't default in NOTES. Requested by: bde Approved by: phk
Revision 1.191.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 17 07:16:49 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by kris
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.8: +1 -2 lines
MFC: Remove IPSEC_IPV6FWD (avoid unexpected behaviour on IPv6 forwarding)
Revision 1.216: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 16 07:56:54 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by itojun
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.215: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.215: +1 -2 lines
s/IPSEC_IPV6FWD/IPSEC/. this avoids unexpected behavior on ipv6 fowarding. (even if you ask for tunnel-mode encryption packets will go out in clear) sync with kame.
Revision 1.215: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 14 12:14:12 2000 UTC (11 years, 6 months ago) by sheldonh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.214: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.214: +2 -1 lines
Actually allow ``options MDNSECT=<numsects>'' in kernel configs to specify the default maximum size of malloc(9)-backed md(4) devices and complete the documentation of this option.
Revision 1.191.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 11 20:46:52 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.7: +2 -1 lines
MFC: make the ng_ether(4) node type dynamically loadable
Revision 1.214: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 4 08:55:17 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.213: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.213: +2 -1 lines
Replace the PQ_*CACHE options with a single PQ_CACHESIZE option that you set equal to the number of kilobytes in your cache. The old options are still supported for backwards compatibility. Submitted by: Kelly Yancey <kbyanc@posi.net>
Revision 1.191.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jul 4 02:17:41 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.6: +0 -16 lines
MFC: Remove all but one (ISP_TARGET_MODE) option for isp.
Revision 1.213: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jun 26 23:34:51 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.212: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.212: +2 -1 lines
Make the ng_ether(4) node type dynamically loadable like the rest. This means 'options NETGRAPH' is no longer necessary in order to get netgraph-enabled Ethernet interfaces. This supports loading/unloading the ng_ether.ko and attaching/detaching the Ethernet interface in any order. Add two new hooks 'upper' and 'lower' to allow access to the protocol demux engine and the raw device, respectively. This enables bridging to be defined as a netgraph node, if so desired. Reviewed by: freebsd-net@freebsd.org
Revision 1.212: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 25 09:18:07 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by markm
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.211: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.211: +2 -1 lines
Get the build bits right for the new Architecture Independant null- and entropy drivers. Reviewed by: dfr(mostly)
Revision 1.211: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 22 05:41:21 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by cokane
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.210: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.210: +2 -2 lines
Converted all TDFX_VERBOSE ifdefs to DEBUG, now it gets debugged with the rest of the kernel. Added new option TDFX_LINUX for optional LINUX_EMULATION, so that perhaps some people don't have to use linux emu to run the driver if they don't want to.
Revision 1.210: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 22 04:41:30 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by cokane
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.209: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.209: +2 -1 lines
Stick the tdfx entry in here, after some cleaning.
Revision 1.209: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 20 01:09:16 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by alfred
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.208: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.208: +3 -1 lines
return of the accept filter part II accept filters are now loadable as well as able to be compiled into the kernel. two accept filters are provided, one that returns sockets when data arrives the other when an http request is completed (doesn't work with 0.9 requests) Reviewed by: jmg
Revision 1.208: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 18 05:15:01 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.207: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.207: +1 -19 lines
Remove all but one (ISP_TARGET_MODE) option for isp.
Revision 1.191.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 18 04:43:34 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by ps
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.5: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Add option ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER.
Revision 1.207: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 14 06:41:23 2000 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by ps
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.206: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.206: +2 -1 lines
Add option ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER. Implement the Solaris way to break into DDB over a serial console instead of sending a break. Sending the character sequence CR ~ ^b will break the kernel into DDB (if DDB is enabled). Reviewed by: peter
Revision 1.121.2.25: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 13 08:48:00 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by ru
Branches: RELENG_3
CVS tags: RELENG_3_5_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.24: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.122: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.24: +1 -2 lines
MFC: Remove a no-option MD5.
Revision 1.191.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 13 08:41:59 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by ru
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.4: +1 -2 lines
MFC: Remove a no-option MD5.
Revision 1.206: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jun 10 02:09:50 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.205: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.205: +3 -1 lines
Add ISP_COMPILE_12160_FW and ISP_COMPILE_12160_FW options to opt_isp.h
Revision 1.205: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 7 04:53:48 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.204: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.204: +4 -1 lines
Introduce additional POSIX.1e-related stubs o options CAPABILITIES o kern/kern_cap.c -- syscall stubs returning ENOSYS syscalls.master changes to follow Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.191.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 7 00:06:19 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by jhb
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.3: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Make USB keyboard option machine independent.
Revision 1.121.2.24: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 30 14:35:04 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by darrenr
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.23: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.23: +2 -1 lines
add IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK in opt_ipfilter.h
Revision 1.191.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 30 14:31:10 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by darrenr
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.2: +2 -1 lines
add IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK in opt_ipfilter.h
Revision 1.204: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 22 16:12:27 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by dan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.203: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.203: +1 -3 lines
sysctl'ize ICMP_BANDLIM and ICMP_BANDLIM_SUPPRESS_OUTPUT. Suggested by: des/nbm
Revision 1.203: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 22 15:00:39 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by dan
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.202: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.202: +2 -1 lines
Add option ICMP_BANDLIM_SUPPRESS_OUTPUT to the mix. With this option, badport_bandlim() will not muck up your console with printf() messages.
Revision 1.202: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 21 13:52:13 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.201: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.201: +2 -1 lines
Provide a temporary undocumented option: SHM_PHYS_BACKED. This will become sysctl and/or flags controlled later. It's mainly here for an easy place to test the physical memory backed objects.
Revision 1.201: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 16 08:58:39 2000 UTC (11 years, 8 months ago) by darrenr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.200: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.200: +2 -1 lines
add IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK and put it in opt_ipfilter.h
Revision 1.200: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 10 13:43:27 2000 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by darrenr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.199: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.199: +2 -1 lines
options PFIL_HOOKS -> opt_pfil_hooks.h
Revision 1.199: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 9 18:23:38 2000 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by jhb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.198: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.198: +2 -1 lines
Move UKBD_DFLT_KEYMAP into the options file since USB is machine independent. This allows the ukbd0 driver to compile on the Alpha. Approved by: o`brien (in principle)
Revision 1.198: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 1 13:33:50 2000 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.197: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.197: +13 -13 lines
Move the MSG* and SEM* options to opt_sysvipc.h Remove evil allocation macros from machdep.c (why was that there???) and use malloc() instead. Move paramters out of param.h and into the code itself. Move a bunch of internal definitions from public sys/*.h headers (without #ifdef _KERNEL even) into the code itself. I had hoped to make some of this more dynamic, but the cost of doing wakeups on all sleeping processes on old arrays was too frightening. The other possibility is to initialize on the first use, and allow dynamic sysctl changes to parameters right until that point. That would allow /etc/rc.sysctl to change SEM* and MSG* defaults as we presently do with SHM*, but without the nightmare of changing a running system.
Revision 1.191.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Apr 18 04:48:30 2000 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191.2.1: +4 -1 lines
MFC: ng_mppc netgraph node type
Revision 1.197: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 15 03:34:10 2000 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by rwatson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.196: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.196: +6 -1 lines
Introduce extended attribute support for FFS, allowing arbitrary
(name, value) pairs to be associated with inodes. This support is
used for ACLs, MAC labels, and Capabilities in the TrustedBSD
security extensions, which are currently under development.
In this implementation, attributes are backed to data vnodes in the
style of the quota support in FFS. Support for FFS extended
attributes may be enabled using the FFS_EXTATTR kernel option
(disabled by default). Userland utilities and man pages will be
committed in the next batch. VFS interfaces and man pages have
been in the repo since 4.0-RELEASE and are unchanged.
o ufs/ufs/extattr.h: UFS-specific extattr defines
o ufs/ufs/ufs_extattr.c: bulk of support routines
o ufs/{ufs,ffs,mfs}/*.[ch]: hooks and extattr.h includes
o contrib/softupdates/ffs_softdep.c: extattr.h includes
o conf/options, conf/files, i386/conf/LINT: added FFS_EXTATTR
o coda/coda_vfsops.c: XXX required extattr.h due to ufsmount.h
(This should not be the case, and will be fixed in a future commit)
Currently attributes are not supported in MFS. This will be fixed.
Reviewed by: adrian, bp, freebsd-fs, other unthanked souls
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Revision 1.196: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 9 21:15:22 2000 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.195: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.195: +4 -1 lines
Add new options NETGRAPH_MPPC_COMPRESSION and NETGRAPH_MPPC_ENCRYPTION. (Note: NETGRAPH_MPPC_COMPRESSION is disabled until we find a non-proprietary implementation of the MPPC compression algorithm.)
Revision 1.191.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 2 08:46:41 2000 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191: +7 -7 lines
MFC: make SYSVSHM limits arbitarily configurable via sysctl after boot and other minor cleanups.
Revision 1.195: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 30 07:16:55 2000 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.194: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.194: +7 -7 lines
Make sysv-style shared memory tuneable params fully runtime adjustable via sysctl. It's done pretty simply but it should be quite adequate. Also move SHMMAXPGS from $machine/include/vmparam.h as the comments that went with it were wrong... we don't allocate KVM space for the pages so that comment is bogus.. The only practical limit is how much physical ram you want to lock up as this stuff isn't paged out or swap backed.
Revision 1.194: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 19 13:07:08 2000 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.193: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.193: +2 -1 lines
Connect the ISA and PCI compatability shims to an option. In this case it's options COMPAT_OLDISA and COMPAT_OLDPCI. This is meant to be a fairly strong incentive to update the older drivers to newbus, but doesn't (quite) leave anybody hanging with no hardware support. I was talking with a few folks and I was encouraged to simply break or disable the shims but that was a bit too drastic for my liking.
Revision 1.193: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 16 09:16:05 2000 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.192: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.192: +2 -1 lines
Please welcome the URio driver. Written by Iwasa Kazmi <kzmi\@ca2.so-net.ne.jp>
Revision 1.192: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Mar 13 11:33:37 2000 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by ru
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.191: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.191: +1 -2 lines
Remove option MD5, it has been standardized almost two years ago.
Revision 1.121.2.23: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 4 04:32:01 2000 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.22: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.22: +3 -1 lines
MFC: add Ultra3 Qlogic support
Revision 1.191: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 23 20:10:53 2000 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by guido
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_4_BP, RELENG_4_0_0_RELEASE
Branch point for: RELENG_4
Diff to: previous 1.190: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.190: +1 -2 lines
Remove option IPFILTER_KLD. In case you wanted to kldload ipfilter, the module would only work in kernels built with this option.
Revision 1.190: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 23 07:44:23 2000 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by jasone
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.189: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.189: +2 -1 lines
Add the VFS_AIO config option and leave it off by default. Unless the VFS_AIO option is specified, all aio-related syscalls return ENOSYS. The aio code is very fragile right now, and is unsuitable for default inclusion in a production shell box. Approved by: jkh
Revision 1.189: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 29 13:54:39 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.188: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.188: +5 -1 lines
Add ip6fw. Yes it is almost code freeze, but as the result of many thought, now I think this should be added before 4.0... make world check, kernel build check is done. Reviewed by: green Obtained from: KAME project
Revision 1.188: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 27 18:53:41 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.187: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.187: +1 -2 lines
remove the ATA_16BIT_ONLY options, its now automatic.
Revision 1.187: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 23 03:35:08 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by bp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.186: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.186: +5 -1 lines
Allow if_ef driver to be compiled into kernel.
Revision 1.186: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 19 18:17:19 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.185: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.185: +3 -1 lines
Import simple driver for a parallel port radio clock which receives the German legal time (commonly available in Europe). Submitted by: Sascha Schumann <sascha@schumann.cx>
Revision 1.185: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 15 07:12:09 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.184: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.184: +4 -1 lines
add options collateral for SES/SAF-TE driver
Revision 1.184: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 13 13:29:51 2000 UTC (12 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.183: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.183: +2 -1 lines
Add missing 'DEVICE_SYSCTLS' to opt_bus.h. This is the (experimental?) code that exports the bus heirarchy to hw.devices.*
Revision 1.183: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 9 14:47:36 2000 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.182: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.182: +1 -3 lines
Removed defunct options EXTRA_SIO and KEY_DEBUG.
Revision 1.182: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 6 16:45:55 2000 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by imp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.181: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.181: +1 -2 lines
FDC_YE has been removed as a valid option. Noticed by: bde
Revision 1.121.2.22: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 30 06:30:59 1999 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by obrien
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.21: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.21: +7 -1 lines
MFC: rev 1.180: `sym' driver options.
Revision 1.181: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 22 19:13:04 1999 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.180: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.180: +5 -1 lines
IPSEC support in the kernel. pr_input() routines prototype is also changed to support IPSEC and IPV6 chained protocol headers. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
Revision 1.180: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 16 16:09:57 1999 UTC (12 years, 1 month ago) by obrien
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.179: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.179: +14 -1 lines
Add options used by the `sym' (Symbios SCSI) driver. SYM_SETUP_LP_PROBE_MAP Low Priority Probe Map (bits) SYM_SETUP_SCSI_DIFF HVD support for 825a, 875, 885 SYM_SETUP_PCI_PARITY PCI parity checking SYM_SETUP_MAX_LUN Number of LUNs supported Submitted by: Gerard Roudier <groudier@club-internet.fr>
Revision 1.121.2.21: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 8 19:46:58 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_3
CVS tags: RELENG_3_4_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.20: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.20: +2 -1 lines
Add options for MFC'd stuff Netgraph MFC's OK'd by jkh.
Revision 1.179: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Dec 8 18:55:36 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.178: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.178: +2 -1 lines
New netgraph node type 'pptpgre': this performs GRE encapsulation for the PPTP protocol as specified in RFC 2637.
Revision 1.178: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Dec 7 17:38:59 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.177: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.177: +2 -2 lines
udp IPv6 support, IPv6/IPv4 tunneling support in kernel, packet divert at kernel for IPv6/IPv4 translater daemon This includes queue related patch submitted by jburkhol@home.com. Submitted by: queue related patch from jburkhol@home.com Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
Revision 1.121.2.20: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 6 22:06:50 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.19: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.19: +2 -1 lines
MFC: New netgraph BPF node type Approved by: jkh
Revision 1.177: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 6 20:32:53 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by guido
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.176: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.176: +2 -1 lines
Add ifilter klld module to ipfilter based kernels Allow kld based kernel with option IPFILTER_LKM.
Revision 1.176: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 3 21:21:45 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.175: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.175: +3 -2 lines
New netgraph node type, ng_bpf(8). This node type allows you to apply bpf(4) filters to data travelling through a netgraph network.
Revision 1.121.2.19: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Dec 3 07:48:03 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.18: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.18: +8 -1 lines
MFC: add in some more isp related options (to control f/w compilation mostly).
Revision 1.175: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 26 20:08:32 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.174: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.174: +3 -1 lines
Retire MFS_ROOT and MFS_ROOT_SIZE options from the MFS implementation. Add MD_ROOT and MD_ROOT_SIZE options to the md driver. Make the md driver handle MFS_ROOT and MFS_ROOT_SIZE options for compatibility. Add md driver to GENERIC, PCCARD and LINT. This is a cleanup which removes the need for some of the worse hacks in MFS: We really want to have a rootvnode but MFS on a preloaded image doesn't really have one. md is a true device, so it is less trouble. This has been tested with make release, and if people remember to add the "md" pseudo-device to their kernels, PicoBSD should be just fine as well. If people have no other use for MFS, it can be removed from the kernel.
Revision 1.174: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 23 21:44:59 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by guido
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.173: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.173: +3 -2 lines
Add kernel parts of revived ipfilter (3.3.3.)
Revision 1.173: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 23 05:42:33 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.172: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.172: +1 -3 lines
Removed IPSEC and IPV6FIREWALL because they are not ready yet.
Revision 1.172: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 23 02:01:49 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.171: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.171: +3 -1 lines
Temporaly re-enable IPSEC and IPV6FIREWALL to make the kernel buildable with INET6 (I'll fix those dependency later, Sorry) PR: kern/15053 Submitted by: ssar@stacken.kth.se
Revision 1.171: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 22 13:25:21 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.170: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.170: +1 -9 lines
Temporaly remove IPSEC and IPV6FIREWALL related options because they are not ready for build yet. Commented by: des
Revision 1.170: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 22 02:44:47 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.169: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.169: +14 -6 lines
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
Revision 1.169: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Nov 21 03:00:19 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.168: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.168: +8 -1 lines
Add in new Qlogic isp config options: ISP_COMPILE_1020_FW compile in Qlogic 1020/1040 PCI SCSI f/w ISP_COMPILE_1080_FW compile in Qlogic 1080/1240/1280 PCI LVD SCSI f/w ISP_COMPILE_2100_FW compile in Qlogic 2100 Fibre Channel f/w ISP_COMPILE_2200_FW compile in Qlogic 2200 Fibre Channel f/w ISP_COMPILE_FW compile in all firmware (overrides the others) These are not on by default, thus saving about 200KBytes. Additionally: SCSI_ISP_WWN to define a WWN to use
Revision 1.121.2.18: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 17 07:57:15 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.17: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.17: +23 -1 lines
Let the system know about the new files but don't put them in LINT yet.
Revision 1.168: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 16 23:49:07 1999 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.167: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.167: +2 -1 lines
Add option NETGRAPH_KSOCKET.
Revision 1.167: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 6 23:51:29 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.166: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.166: +26 -26 lines
Change spaces to tabs where appropriate
Revision 1.166: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 6 23:41:06 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.165: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.165: +7 -15 lines
Options cleanup. * GC unused options * Move options that exist on all architectures to conf/options * Add missing options to LINT * Sort undocumented options list in LINT Reviewed by: green
Revision 1.165: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 6 16:50:18 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.164: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.164: +2 -1 lines
Fix IRQ allocation bug on controllers using a shared interrupt. Fix a bug which could cause panics in ad/atapi-interrupt. Add support for UDMA66 on Promise Ultra/Fasttrak controllers. Get rid of ATA_IGNORE_INTR, and introduce ATA_WAIT_INTR instead. Add a delay in the dump routine in ata-disk.c, some controllers seem to need this. Also dont use the timeout watchdog when dumping. Disable DMA on ATAPI devices as default, add option ATA_ENABLE_ATAPI_DMA for those that has HW that works. Add support for some not-up-to-spec ATAPI devices that returns data together with completition status on data moving cmd's.
Revision 1.164: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Nov 5 14:41:27 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by shin
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.163: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.163: +2 -1 lines
KAME related header files additions and merges. (only those which don't affect c source files so much) Reviewed by: cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
Revision 1.163: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Nov 2 22:36:09 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by archie
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.162: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.162: +3 -1 lines
Add options NETGRAPH_PPP and NETGRAPH_PPPOE.
Revision 1.121.2.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 1 22:48:26 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by nsouch
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.16: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.16: +3 -1 lines
MFC. Update smbus stack, then add alpm(4) and intpm(4) low level smbus drivers. - intpm: Takanori Watanabe <takawata@shidahara1.planet.sci.kobe-u.ac.jp>
Revision 1.121.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 1 22:23:49 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.15: +2 -1 lines
MFC the IPSTEALTH option
Revision 1.162: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Oct 25 22:07:30 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.161: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.161: +2 -1 lines
Add an option for the van Jacobson Compression Netgraph node.
Revision 1.161: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Oct 21 09:05:23 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.160: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.160: +19 -1 lines
Whistle's Netgraph link-layer (sometimes more) networking infrastructure. Been in production for 3 years now. Gives Instant Frame relay to if_sr and if_ar drivers, and PPPOE support soon. See: ftp://ftp.whistle.com/pub/archie/netgraph/index.html for on-line manual pages. Reviewed by: Doug Rabson (dfr@freebsd.org) Obtained from: Whistle CVS tree
Revision 1.121.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Oct 14 11:49:34 1999 UTC (12 years, 3 months ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.14: +3 -1 lines
MFC: Add the net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect, net.inet.icmp.log_redirect, net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin and net.inet.tcp.restrict_rst sysctls.
Revision 1.160: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Oct 10 15:24:04 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.159: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.159: +2 -3 lines
Put IPFILTER_LKM into opt_ipfilter.h and delete the other two IPFILTER options that previously went there.
Revision 1.159: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 9 20:22:01 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.158: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.158: +5 -1 lines
Add the options for the ATA driver.
Revision 1.121.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 2 20:24:38 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.13: +2 -1 lines
MFC:add SA_1FM_AT_EOD option for scsi_sa- this causes a default behaviour of one filemark at end of media for tapes otherwise neither quirked nor known.
Revision 1.158: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 2 20:23:52 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.157: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.157: +2 -1 lines
add SA_1FM_AT_EOD option for scsi_sa- this causes a default behaviour of one filemark at end of media for tapes otherwise neither quirked nor known.
Revision 1.157: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 2 05:30:39 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by bp
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.156: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.156: +3 -1 lines
ncplib continued: add appropriate options to LINT.
Revision 1.156: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 22 05:48:31 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by dillon
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.155: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.155: +1 -3 lines
Back out a portion of the last commit. DFLTPHYS and MAXPHYS cannot
be set by a kernel conf option due to the struct buf structural
dependancy (sizing of b_pages[]) creating a conflict with modules
(which are not compiled with kernel config options overrides).
We'll be able to sysctl these two later on when the buffer subsystem
is revamped.
Revision 1.155: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 22 04:11:54 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by dillon
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.154: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.154: +4 -1 lines
Change default block size for user VBLK device access from 2K to PAGE_SIZE
(4K on an i386, 8K on an alpha).
Make BLKDEV_IOSIZE, DFLTPHYS, and MAXPHYS kernel-configurable.
Revision 1.154: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 14 16:14:05 1999 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.153: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.153: +2 -2 lines
Fix some more disordering, as well as the description string for the net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin sysctl, which for some mysterious reason said "Drop TCP packets with FIN+ACK set" (instead of "...with SYN+FIN set")
Revision 1.153: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 12 17:22:07 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.152: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.152: +3 -1 lines
Add the net.inet.tcp.restrict_rst and net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin sysctl variables, conditional on the TCP_RESTRICT_RST and TCP_DROP_SYNFIN kernel options, respectively. See the comments in LINT for details.
Revision 1.152: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 8 22:01:31 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.151: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.151: +1 -2 lines
Zap EXPORTMFS -> opt_mfs.h - the option went away (turned on) in April this year. (mfs_vfsops.c rev 1.58)
Revision 1.18.2.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Sep 5 08:08:37 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.15: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.19: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.15: +1 -1 lines
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
Revision 1.151: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Sep 4 12:44:37 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.150: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.150: +1 -2 lines
Removed defunct option NULLFS_DIAGNOSTIC.
Revision 1.150: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 3 05:16:53 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.149: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.149: +1 -4 lines
Revert a bunch of contraversial changes by PHK. After a quick think and discussion among various people some form of some of these changes will probably be recommitted. The reversion requested was requested by dg while discussions proceed. PHK has indicated that he can live with this, and it has been agreed that some form of some of these changes may return shortly after further discussion.
Revision 1.149: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 30 07:55:57 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.148: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.148: +4 -1 lines
Make bdev userland access work like cdev userland access unless the highly non-recommended option ALLOW_BDEV_ACCESS is used. (bdev access is evil because you don't get write errors reported.) Kill si_bsize_best before it kills Matt :-) Use the specfs routines rather having cloned copies in devfs.
Revision 1.121.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 29 16:22:03 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_3
CVS tags: RELENG_3_3_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.12: +1 -1 lines
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
Revision 1.148: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 28 00:41:01 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.147: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.147: +1 -1 lines
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
Revision 1.121.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Aug 26 19:39:27 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by ken
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.11: +5 -2 lines
MFC: Fix short timeout problems with the pt(4) driver: - increase the default timeout from 10 seconds to 60 seconds - add a new kernel option, SCSI_PT_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, that lets users specify the default timeout for the pt driver to use - add two new ioctls, one to get the timeout for a given pt device, the other to set the timeout for a given pt device. The idea is that userland applications using the device can set the timeout to suit their purposes. The ioctls are defined in a new header file, sys/ptio.h PR: 10266 Reviewed by: gibbs, joerg
Revision 1.147: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Aug 20 03:47:54 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by ken
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.146: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.146: +5 -2 lines
Fix short timeout problems with the pt(4) driver: - increase the default timeout from 10 seconds to 60 seconds - add a new kernel option, SCSI_PT_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, that lets users specify the default timeout for the pt driver to use - add two new ioctls, one to get the timeout for a given pt device, the other to set the timeout for a given pt device. The idea is that userland applications using the device can set the timeout to suit their purposes. The ioctls are defined in a new header file, sys/ptio.h PR: 10266 Reviewed by: gibbs, joerg
Revision 1.146: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 16 22:39:53 1999 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.145: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.145: +2 -1 lines
Add CAM_DEBUG_DELAY option.
Revision 1.145: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 10 09:42:32 1999 UTC (12 years, 6 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.144: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.144: +4 -4 lines
Re-order list.
Revision 1.121.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 5 20:20:57 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.10: +2 -1 lines
MFC: add another ISP option
Revision 1.18.2.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 5 20:20:39 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.14: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.14: +2 -1 lines
MFC: add another ISP option
Revision 1.144: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 5 20:19:34 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.143: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.143: +2 -1 lines
add another ISP option
Revision 1.18.2.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jul 2 23:52:51 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.13: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.13: +13 -1 lines
MFC: Support for ISP SCSI and Fibre Channel Cards
Revision 1.121.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 27 19:31:14 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.9: +2 -1 lines
MFC: add config option for fibre channel full duplex
Revision 1.143: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 27 19:28:26 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.142: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.142: +2 -1 lines
add config option for fibre channel full duplex
Revision 1.121.2.5.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 18 18:59:30 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by imp
Branches: RELENG_3_2_PAO
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.5: preferred, colored; next MAIN 1.121.2.6: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.5: +2 -1 lines
Import of PAO on the RELENG_3_2_PAO branch. This is a branch off of RELENG_3_2_0_RELEASE and does not have any changes since then integrated. This is a raw commit of the last PAO3 file. Commits to userland code will happen later. This only the commits src/sys/... This branch was approved by the core team at Usenix to allow merging of PAO code into the mainline FreeBSD code. The hope is that this will reduce the divergence between the two. The other hope is that this branch will soon be made obsolete by merges into FreeBSD -stable and -current. I believe that there will be additional commiters from the nomads group who will work on merging. I have not tried to build anything out of this branch yet. The patched tree I did here built fine, so if something fails to build it is my fault. Submitted by: The PAO team and nomads. CVS repo appoved by: Peter Wemm (peter), Jun-ichiro Hagino-san (itojun@itojun.org), John Polkstra (jdp) Obtained from: PAO3-19990605.tar.gz
Revision 1.121.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 16 17:34:26 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.8: +9 -2 lines
Remove option USBVERBOSE Add the options for debugging used in dev/usb/*.c Submitted by: Kazu
Revision 1.142: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 15 13:14:34 1999 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.141: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.141: +1 -2 lines
Kill option FAILSAFE. PR: i386/12187 Approved by: bde
Revision 1.141: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jun 5 13:57:07 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.140: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.140: +4 -1 lines
Floppy driver options moved to conf/options.
Revision 1.140: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 28 09:55:59 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by roger
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.139: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.139: +11 -20 lines
remote the bt848/bt878 comments Suggested by: Bruce
Revision 1.121.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 26 16:36:25 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by roger
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.7: +21 -9 lines
MFC: Update options for Bt848/Bt878 driver
Revision 1.139: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 26 13:24:35 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by roger
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.138: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.138: +21 -8 lines
Updated options for the Bt848/Bt878 driver This includes the BKTR_430_FX_MODE and BKTR_SIS_VIA_MODE options which make Bt878/879 cards work better on 430FX and old SiS/VIA/OPTi boards
Revision 1.121.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 25 20:25:40 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.6: +4 -1 lines
MFC: Make 'ahc dump eeprom' a real option.
Revision 1.138: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 25 20:15:54 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.137: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.137: +4 -1 lines
Turn the 'ahc dump eeprom' flag into a real option.
Revision 1.121.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 25 13:24:24 1999 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.5: +4 -1 lines
MFC: make the location of init(8) tunable at compile and boot time.
Revision 1.121.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 11 05:35:28 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: RELENG_3
CVS tags: RELENG_3_2_PAO_BP, RELENG_3_2_0_RELEASE
Branch point for: RELENG_3_2_PAO
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.4: +11 -1 lines
MFC 1.126 && 1.130 to bring ISP host adapter options back into stable branch.
Revision 1.137: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 9 16:45:42 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.136: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.136: +3 -1 lines
Major lobotomy of config(8). The config kernel mumble mumble line has been obsoleted and removed and with it went all knowledge of devices on the part of config. You can still configure a root device (which is used if you give the "-r" flag) but now with an option: options ROOTDEVNAME=\"da0s2e\" The string is parsed by the same code as at the "boot -a" prompt. At the same time, make the "boot -a" prompt both more able and more informative. ALPHA/PC98 people: You will have to adapt a few simple changes (defining rootdev and dumpdev somewhere else) before config works for you again, sorry, but it's all in the name of progress.
Revision 1.136: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 9 13:10:41 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.135: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.135: +6 -1 lines
Move opt_sio.h options to conf/options and activate in isa/sio.c
Revision 1.135: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed May 5 11:24:15 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by jb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.134: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.134: +4 -1 lines
Add an INIT_PATH option to allow the init_path (for sys/kern/init_main.c) to be customised in an embedded system which doesn't want to run either init of sysinstall.
Revision 1.121.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Apr 24 02:24:27 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by obrien
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.3: +2 -2 lines
nlpt->lpt
Revision 1.121.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 19 14:27:20 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by semenu
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.2: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Included mount_ntfs into world build.
Revision 1.134: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 19 14:19:49 1999 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_VFS_BIO_NFS_PATCH, PRE_SMP_VMSHARE, POST_VFS_BIO_NFS_PATCH, POST_SMP_VMSHARE
Diff to: previous 1.133: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.133: +1 -5 lines
Zap LKM option and support. Farewell old friend.
Revision 1.133: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Apr 11 20:53:50 1999 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_NEWBUS, POST_NEWBUS
Diff to: previous 1.132: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.132: +10 -3 lines
Make debugging more selective. Remove debugging options from GENERIC
Revision 1.121.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 9 16:37:21 1999 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.121.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121.2.1: +2 -1 lines
MFC: Allow setting MAXFILES in kernel config.
Revision 1.132: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Apr 9 16:28:11 1999 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.131: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.131: +2 -1 lines
Allow setting MAXFILES in the kernel config.
Revision 1.131: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Apr 8 17:58:07 1999 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.130: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.130: +2 -1 lines
In preparation of the commit of the umass driver and to make life easier for testers.
Revision 1.130: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 17 01:48:34 1999 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.129: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.129: +6 -1 lines
Add options to turn off support for Qlogic 1020/1040, Qlogic 1080/1240, or Qlogic 2100 cards. This to save substantial f/w code space if you really care. Add in options to enable expanded lun or fabric f/w downloads for Qlogic 2100.
Revision 1.129: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 2 20:26:02 1999 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by semenu
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.128: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.128: +2 -1 lines
Add new kernel option: options NTFS
Revision 1.128: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 22 18:19:56 1999 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.127: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.127: +2 -1 lines
Add support for stealth forwarding (forwarding packets without touching their ttl). This can be used - in combination with the proper ipfw incantations - to make a firewall or router invisible to traceroute and other exploration tools. This behaviour is controlled by a sysctl variable (net.inet.ip.stealth) and hidden behind a kernel option (IPSTEALTH). Reviewed by: eivind, bde
Revision 1.127: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Feb 14 11:59:58 1999 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by nsouch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.126: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.126: +3 -3 lines
Rename nlpt to lpt. Remove from ppi.c the old depreciated module stuff. Print info when if_plip can't use interrupts.
Revision 1.126: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Feb 9 01:02:37 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.125: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.125: +6 -1 lines
add isp host adapter specific options
Revision 1.121.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 8 19:05:55 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by des
Branches: RELENG_3
CVS tags: RELENG_3_1_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121: +2 -1 lines
Bring the nlpt and plip drivers in sync with -current: - add the PLIP_DEBUG option - fix the plip driver's bpf interaction - simplify the probe code in the nlpt driver - remove some warnings. Approved by: jkh
Revision 1.125: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 25 19:34:27 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by nsouch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.124: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.124: +7 -3 lines
Terminate commit for the Intel PIIX4 SMBus support. Already committed files are sys/pci/intpm* Submitted by: Takanori Watanabe <takawata@shidahara1.planet.sci.kobe-u.ac.jp>
Revision 1.124: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 25 03:51:50 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.123: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.123: +1 -2 lines
NO_LKM is no longer an option. LKM support is an option itself.
Revision 1.123: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 23 17:07:49 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by nsouch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.122: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.122: +2 -1 lines
Replace DEBUG by PLIP_DEBUG option
Revision 1.122: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 21 08:29:03 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by dillon
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: POST_MATT_SWAPPER
Diff to: previous 1.121: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.121: +2 -1 lines
This is a rather large commit that encompasses the new swapper,
changes to the VM system to support the new swapper, VM bug
fixes, several VM optimizations, and some additional revamping of the
VM code. The specific bug fixes will be documented with additional
forced commits. This commit is somewhat rough in regards to code
cleanup issues.
Reviewed by: "John S. Dyson" <root@dyson.iquest.net>, "David Greenman" <dg@root.com>
Revision 1.121: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 20 14:49:07 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_3_BP, PRE_MATT_SWAPPER
Branch point for: RELENG_3
Diff to: previous 1.120: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.120: +2 -1 lines
Add 'options DEBUG_LOCKS', which stores extra information in struct lock, and add some macros and function parameters to make sure that the information get to the point where it can be put in the lock structure. While I'm here, add DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS to LINT.
Revision 1.120: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 17 19:02:39 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.119: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.119: +4 -1 lines
LKM kernel support becomes optional on "options LKM". (Bear in mind that the default kernel is now ELF and cannot load these LKM's).
Revision 1.119: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 15 10:00:10 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.118: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.118: +2 -1 lines
Use a fast interrupt handler for the PCI version of the cy driver if option CY_PCI_FASTINTR is configured and mapping the irq to a fastintr is possible. Unfortunately, this has to be optional because pci_map_int_right() doesn't handle the INTR_EXCL flag right -- INTR_EXCL is honoured even if the interrupt needs to be non-exclusive for other devices to work.
Revision 1.118: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 14 03:30:48 1999 UTC (13 years ago) by kjc
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.117: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.117: +2 -1 lines
add HZ missing in options. changing HZ used to break xntpd's PLL but it should be ok now (unless xntpd is misconfigured).
Revision 1.117: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 10 17:41:32 1999 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by nsouch
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.116: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.116: +6 -2 lines
Forgotten options needed to build last ppbus commit. Submitted by: "D. Rock" <rock@wurzelausix.CS.Uni-SB.DE>
Revision 1.116: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 10 07:45:17 1999 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.115: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.115: +0 -1 lines
Back out last change to sysctl. It was nay'ed before committing on the grounds that this is not the way to do it, and has been decided as such several times in the past. There is not point in loading gobs of ascii into the kernel when the only use of that ascii is presentation to the user. Next thing we'd be adding all section 4 man pages to the loaded kernel as well. The argument about KLD's is bogus, klds can store a file in /usr/share/doc/sysctl/dev/foo/thisvar.txt with a description and sysctl or other facilities can pick it up there. Proper documentation will take several K worth of text for many sysctl variables, we don't want that in the kernel under any circumstances. I will welcome any well thought out attempt at improving the situation wrt. sysctl documentation, but this wasn't it.
Revision 1.115: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 10 05:33:41 1999 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by des
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.114: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.114: +2 -1 lines
Add kernel support for sysctl descriptions. The NO_SYSCTL_DESCRIPTIONS option disables them if they're not wanted; in that case, sysctl_sysctl_descr will always return an empty string. Apporved by: jkh
Revision 1.114: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 8 17:31:05 1999 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.113: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.113: +6 -2 lines
Split DIAGNOSTIC -> DIAGNOSTIC, INVARIANTS, and INVARIANT_SUPPORT as
discussed on -hackers.
Introduce 'KASSERT(assertion, ("panic message", args))' for simple
check + panic.
Reviewed by: msmith
Revision 1.113: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 28 16:31:26 1998 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.112: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.112: +4 -1 lines
Config glue for 'pseudo-device vinum'
Revision 1.112: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 19 23:07:16 1998 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by msmith
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.111: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.111: +5 -1 lines
Move the "generic" SMP options from options.i386 to conf/options. This has the useful side-effect of ensuring that opt_smp.h is always generated, so we can assume it will always be available. Prompted by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@cs.duke.edu>
Revision 1.111: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 14 17:46:15 1998 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by luigi
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.110: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.110: +3 -1 lines
Bring dummynet+bridging in -current. Everything will be ready when LINT is updated.
Revision 1.110: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 5 03:19:48 1998 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by dillon
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.109: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.109: +2 -1 lines
Obtained from: "Kenneth D. Merry" <ken@plutotech.com> ICMP_BANDLIM option moved from i386/conf/options.i386 to generic conf/options since it is platform indpendant.
Revision 1.109: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 26 23:13:11 1998 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by n_hibma
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.108: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.108: +5 -1 lines
Initial commit of ported NetBSD USB stack
Revision 1.108: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Nov 23 09:58:59 1998 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.107: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.107: +2 -1 lines
Make timecounters more resistant to badly behaved SW/HW which locks out interrupts for too long. If you still see the "calcru: negative time..." message you can increase NTIMECOUNTER (see LINT). Sideeffect is that a timecounter is required to not wrap around in less than (1 + delta) seconds instead of the (1/hz + delta) required until now. Many thanks to: msmith, wpaul, wosch & bde
Revision 1.107: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 5 14:28:17 1998 UTC (13 years, 3 months ago) by dg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.106: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.106: +2 -1 lines
Implemented zero-copy TCP/IP extensions via sendfile(2) - send a file to a stream socket. sendfile(2) is similar to implementations in HP-UX, Linux, and other systems, but the API is more extensive and addresses many of the complaints that the Apache Group and others have had with those other implementations. Thanks to Marc Slemko of the Apache Group for helping me work out the best API for this. Anyway, this has the "net" result of speeding up sends of files over TCP/IP sockets by about 10X (that is to say, uses 1/10th of the CPU cycles) when compared to a traditional read/write loop.
Revision 1.106: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 28 08:37:10 1998 UTC (13 years, 3 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.105: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.105: +4 -1 lines
Add BUS_DEBUG option in opt_bus.h
Revision 1.105: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Oct 12 12:27:23 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_3_0_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.104: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.104: +2 -2 lines
Fixed bitrot in mfs options. MFS_ROOT split into MFS_ROOT and MFS_ROOT_SIZE, and MFS_AUTOLOAD went away.
Revision 1.104: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 9 23:26:26 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.103: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.103: +1 -3 lines
Remove DDB_ELF_SYMBOLS and DDB_KLD_SYMBOLS options. KLD will be the sole interface to symbols in an elf kernel.
Revision 1.103: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Oct 7 03:30:55 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.102: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.102: +7 -2 lines
Add ADW_ALLOW_MEMIO and DPT_ALLOW_MEMIO. Until our configuration framework properly detects broken PCI-PCI bridges, users will have to manually enable memory mapped I/O for these drivers. <sigh>
Revision 1.102: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Oct 2 05:15:45 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by ken
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.101: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.101: +5 -4 lines
Patches from DES to create three new kernel config options to control timeouts in the SA driver (timeouts for space, rewind and erase). Folks can lengthen the timeouts if their hardware is especially slow, or shorten them if they want to be notified of errors a little sooner. Also, get rid of two OD driver options. The od driver has been made obsolete by the da driver. Reviewed by: ken, gibbs Submitted by: Dag-Erling Coidan Smørgrav <des@FreeBSD.ORG>
Revision 1.101: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 29 17:32:18 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by abial
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.100: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.100: +2 -1 lines
Make #define NO_SWAPPING a normal kernel config option. Reviewed by: jkh
Revision 1.100: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 25 17:34:47 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.99: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.99: +1 -2 lines
Goodbye BOUNCE_BUFFERS, for a hack it has served us well. The last consumer of this code (the old SCSI system) has left us and the CAM code does it's own bouncing. The isa dma system has been doing it's own bouncing for a while too. Reviewed by: core
Revision 1.99: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 18 00:46:38 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by mjacob
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.98: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.98: +1 -2 lines
(requested by gibbs) Remove the SCSI_CAM option (and rework the isp driver that had depended on it for compilation within or without CAM to use __FreeBSD_version instead).
Revision 1.98: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 15 11:44:42 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.97: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.97: +8 -1 lines
(this is an extract from src/share/examples/atm/README)
===================================
HARP | Host ATM Research Platform
===================================
HARP 3
What is this stuff?
-------------------
The Advanced Networking Group (ANG) at the Minnesota Supercomputer Center,
Inc. (MSCI), as part of its work on the MAGIC Gigabit Testbed, developed
the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) software, which allows IP hosts to
communicate over ATM networks using standard protocols. It is intended to
be a high-quality platform for IP/ATM research.
HARP provides a way for IP hosts to connect to ATM networks. It supports
standard methods of communication using IP over ATM. A host's standard IP
software sends and receives datagrams via a HARP ATM interface. HARP provides
functionality similar to (and typically replaces) vendor-provided ATM device
driver software.
HARP includes full source code, making it possible for researchers to
experiment with different approaches to running IP over ATM. HARP is
self-contained; it requires no other licenses or commercial software packages.
HARP implements support for the IETF Classical IP model for using IP over ATM
networks, including:
o IETF ATMARP address resolution client
o IETF ATMARP address resolution server
o IETF SCSP/ATMARP server
o UNI 3.1 and 3.0 signalling protocols
o Fore Systems's SPANS signalling protocol
What's supported
----------------
The following are supported by HARP 3:
o ATM Host Interfaces
- FORE Systems, Inc. SBA-200 and SBA-200E ATM SBus Adapters
- FORE Systems, Inc. PCA-200E ATM PCI Adapters
- Efficient Networks, Inc. ENI-155p ATM PCI Adapters
o ATM Signalling Protocols
- The ATM Forum UNI 3.1 signalling protocol
- The ATM Forum UNI 3.0 signalling protocol
- The ATM Forum ILMI address registration
- FORE Systems's proprietary SPANS signalling protocol
- Permanent Virtual Channels (PVCs)
o IETF "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" model
- RFC 1483, "Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5"
- RFC 1577, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM"
- RFC 1626, "Default IP MTU for use over ATM AAL5"
- RFC 1755, "ATM Signaling Support for IP over ATM"
- RFC 2225, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM"
- RFC 2334, "Server Cache Synchronization Protocol (SCSP)"
- Internet Draft draft-ietf-ion-scsp-atmarp-00.txt,
"A Distributed ATMARP Service Using SCSP"
o ATM Sockets interface
- The file atm-sockets.txt contains further information
What's not supported
--------------------
The following major features of the above list are not currently supported:
o UNI point-to-multipoint support
o Driver support for Traffic Control/Quality of Service
o SPANS multicast and MPP support
o SPANS signalling using Efficient adapters
This software was developed under the sponsorship of the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency (DARPA).
Reviewed (lightly) by: phk
Submitted by: Network Computing Services, Inc.
Revision 1.97: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 15 09:59:15 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by gibbs
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.96: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.96: +21 -4 lines
Update for CAM.
Revision 1.96: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Sep 14 19:56:36 1998 UTC (13 years, 4 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.95: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.95: +1 -2 lines
Remove the SLICE code. This clearly needs alot more thought, and we dont need this to hunt us down in 3.0-RELEASE.
Revision 1.95: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Sep 11 18:50:15 1998 UTC (13 years, 5 months ago) by rvb
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.94: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.94: +2 -2 lines
All the references to cfs, in symbols, structs, and strings have been changed to coda. (Same for CFS.)
Revision 1.94: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 31 18:37:19 1998 UTC (13 years, 5 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.93: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.93: +0 -0 lines
Fixed bug in Miro Tuner detection. Missing Goto. Removed Hauppauge EEPROM 0x10 detection as I think 0x10 should be a PAL tuner, not NTSC. Reinstated some Tuner Guesswork code from 1.27 Submitted by: Roger Hardiman <roger@cs.strath.ac.uk>
Revision 1.93: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 31 18:35:06 1998 UTC (13 years, 5 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.92: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.92: +2 -0 lines
Renamed BT848[SG]CAPAREA to BT848_[SG]CAPAREA. Added PR kern/7177 for SECAM Video Highway Xtreme with single crystal PLL configuration submitted by Vsevolod Lobko <seva@alex-ua.com>. In kernel configuration file add options OVERRIDE_CARD=2 options OVERRIDE_TUNER=11 options BKTR_USE_PLL Submitted by: Roger Hardiman <roger@cs.strath.ac.uk>
Revision 1.92: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Aug 31 18:31:36 1998 UTC (13 years, 5 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.91: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.91: +4 -1 lines
Added Capture Area ioctl - BT848[SG]CAPAREA. Normally the full 640x480 (768x576 PAL) image is grabbed. This ioctl allows a smaller area from anywhere within the video image to be grabbed, eg a 400x300 image from (50,10). See restrictions in BT848SCAPAREA. Submitted by: Roger Hardiman <roger@cs.strath.ac.uk>
Revision 1.91: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 26 12:13:39 1998 UTC (13 years, 5 months ago) by sos
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.90: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.90: +2 -1 lines
Add OVERRIDE_CARD to the bktr options list
Revision 1.90: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Aug 8 19:24:38 1998 UTC (13 years, 6 months ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.89: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.89: +8 -1 lines
A few misc changes to get the spigot and meteor board working in 3.0. Submitted by: Jim Lowe <james@miller.cs.uwm.edu>
Revision 1.89: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Aug 5 00:54:36 1998 UTC (13 years, 6 months ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.88: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.88: +10 -8 lines
Update DPT driver from 1.4.3 to 1.4.5 Submitted by: Simon Shapiro <shimon@simon-shapiro.org>
Revision 1.88: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 12 01:48:14 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.87: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.87: +2 -1 lines
Prepare to handle MAXUSERS as a normal option.
Revision 1.87: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jul 6 04:55:22 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.86: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.86: +2 -1 lines
Forgot to register the IPFIREWALL_FORWARD option.
Revision 1.86: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jul 2 05:50:57 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_NOBDEV
Diff to: previous 1.85: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.85: +1 -3 lines
Remove unused option
Revision 1.85: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 14:43:00 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.84: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.84: +1 -6 lines
Nuked opt_defunct.h and kern_opt.c. config(8) now generates good enough warnings about all unknown options.
Revision 1.84: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 08:32:50 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.83: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.83: +4 -1 lines
move OVERRIDE_TUNER from i386 to general options... it's not i386 specific
Revision 1.83: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 08:13:26 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.82: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.82: +4 -1 lines
document PCI_QUIET that prevents pci from compiling in so many strings
Revision 1.82: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 08:01:28 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.81: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.81: +7 -1 lines
document some VM paging options for cache sizes: PQ_NOOPT no coloring PQ_LARGECACHE used for 512k/16k cache PQ_HUGECACHE used for 1024k/16k cache
Revision 1.81: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 07:47:42 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.80: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.80: +2 -1 lines
make NO_SCSI_SENSE a proper option (already documented in LINT)
Revision 1.80: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 07:36:33 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.79: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.79: +2 -1 lines
document and make EXPORTMFS a new style option
Revision 1.79: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 30 03:01:29 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jmg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.78: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.78: +14 -2 lines
convert some nfs tunables to options, these are: NFS_MINATTRTIMO VREG attrib cache timeout in sec NFS_MAXATTRTIMO NFS_MINDIRATTRTIMO VDIR attrib cache timeout in sec NFS_MAXDIRATTRTIMO NFS_GATHERDELAY Default write gather delay (msec) NFS_UIDHASHSIZ Tune the size of nfssvc_sock with this NFS_WDELAYHASHSIZ and with this NFS_MUIDHASHSIZ Tune the size of nfsmount with this NFS_NOSERVER (already documented in LINT) NFS_DEBUG turn on NFS debugging also, because NFS_ROOT is used by very different files, it has been renamed to opt_nfsroot.h instead of the old opt_nfs.h....
Revision 1.78: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 28 01:03:13 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.77: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.77: +3 -1 lines
Add options for selecting ELF or KLD symbols in DDB.
Revision 1.18.2.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jun 25 00:46:17 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by jkh
Branches: RELENG_2_2
CVS tags: RELENG_2_2_8_RELEASE, RELENG_2_2_7_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.12: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.12: +6 -1 lines
MFC: make boot message buffer size configurable. PR: 6962
Revision 1.18.2.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jun 23 21:33:18 1998 UTC (13 years, 7 months ago) by peter
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.11: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.11: +4 -1 lines
Update from ppp-2.2.0 -> 2.3.5, from -current. New features: deflate/gzip compression, demand dial, bringup/keepup/pass filtering using bpf, Idle timeout. (This version uses the correct protocol number for deflate BTW). OK'ed by: jkh
Revision 1.77: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 7 17:09:26 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by dfr
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.76: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.76: +4 -1 lines
This commit fixes various 64bit portability problems required for FreeBSD/alpha. The most significant item is to change the command argument to ioctl functions from int to u_long. This change brings us inline with various other BSD versions. Driver writers may like to use (__FreeBSD_version == 300003) to detect this change. The prototype FreeBSD/alpha machdep will follow in a couple of days time.
Revision 1.76: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 5 22:39:49 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.75: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.75: +2 -2 lines
Reverse the default sense of the IPFW/DIVERT reinjection code so that the new behaviour is now default. Solves the "infinite loop in diversion" problem when more than one diversion is active. Man page changes follow. The new code is in -stable as the NON default option.
Revision 1.18.2.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jun 5 21:38:02 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.10: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.10: +4 -2 lines
MFC: add option to fix divert infinite loop
Revision 1.75: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon May 25 10:37:40 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.74: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.74: +3 -1 lines
Add optional code to change the way that divert and ipfw work together. Prior to this change, Accidental recursion protection was done by the diverted daemon feeding back the divert port number it got the packet on, as the port number on a sendto(). IPFW knew not to redivert a packet to this port (again). Processing of the ruleset started at the beginning again, skipping that divert port. The new semantic (which is how we should have done it the first time) is that the port number in the sendto() is the rule number AFTER which processing should restart, and on a recvfrom(), the port number is the rule number which caused the diversion. This is much more flexible, and also more intuitive. If the user uses the same sockaddr received when resending, processing resumes at the rule number following that that caused the diversion. The user can however select to resume rule processing at any rule. (0 is restart at the beginning) To enable the new code use option IPFW_DIVERT_RESTART This should become the default as soon as people have looked at it a bit
Revision 1.74: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 24 01:29:52 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.73: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.73: +2 -1 lines
Add CVS option Submitted by: Robert Baron <rvb@sicily.odyssey.cs.cmu.edu>
Revision 1.73: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue May 19 08:58:42 1998 UTC (13 years, 8 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.72: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.72: +4 -1 lines
Make the size of the msgbuf (dmesg) a "normal" option.
Revision 1.72: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 20 04:30:41 1998 UTC (13 years, 9 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.71: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.71: +1 -2 lines
Get rid of DEVFS_ROOT it no longer has any effect. SLICE is in some ways a replacement but is destined to also go away.
Revision 1.71: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Apr 20 03:57:21 1998 UTC (13 years, 9 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.70: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.70: +2 -1 lines
Make the devfs SLICE option a standard type option. (hopefully it will go away eventually anyhow)
Revision 1.70: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 28 11:49:16 1998 UTC (13 years, 10 months ago) by dufault
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_DEVFS_SLICE, POST_DEVFS_SLICE
Diff to: previous 1.69: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.69: +5 -3 lines
Finish _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING. Needs P1003_1B and _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING options to work. Changes: Change all "posix4" to "p1003_1b". Misnamed files are left as "posix4" until I'm told if I can simply delete them and add new ones; Add _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING system calls for FreeBSD and Linux; Add man pages for _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING system calls; Add options to LINT; Minor fixes to P1003_1B code during testing.
Revision 1.69: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 21 11:33:49 1998 UTC (13 years, 10 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.68: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.68: +4 -1 lines
Make this compile.. There are some unpleasing hacks in here. A major unifdef session is sorely tempting but would destroy any remaining chance of tracking the original sources.
Revision 1.68: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Mar 19 22:37:37 1998 UTC (13 years, 10 months ago) by dyson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.67: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.67: +2 -1 lines
Add ENABLE_VFS_IOOPT kernel option.
Revision 1.67: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 14 04:13:50 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by tegge
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.66: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.66: +2 -1 lines
Add a BOOTP_WIRED_TO option, for use on machines with multiple network cards where the first detected card should not be used for bootp. Submitted by: Doug Ambrisko <ambrisko@whistle.com>
Revision 1.66: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Mar 10 15:55:38 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.65: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.65: +30 -3 lines
Document options policy. Reviewed by: bde
Revision 1.65: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Mar 8 09:56:21 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: POST_SOFTUPDATE
Diff to: previous 1.64: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.64: +7 -1 lines
Reviewed by: dyson@freebsd.org (john Dyson), dg@root.com (david greenman) Submitted by: Kirk McKusick (mcKusick@mckusick.com) Obtained from: WHistle development tree
Revision 1.18.2.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 6 23:43:58 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by julian
Branches: RELENG_2_2
CVS tags: RELENG_2_2_6_RELEASE, POST_DPT
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.9: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.9: +11 -1 lines
Added support for the DPT driver. All non cosmettic changes are conditionalised on the #define DPTOPT so this should produce no functional changes if this is not defined. All changed files have previously been tagged with PRE_DPT.
Revision 1.64: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Mar 4 10:24:08 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by dufault
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: PRE_SOFTUPDATE
Diff to: previous 1.63: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.63: +4 -1 lines
Reviewed by: msmith, bde long ago POSIX.4 headers and sysctl variables. Nothing should change unless POSIX4 is defined or _POSIX_VERSION is set to 199309.
Revision 1.63: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 27 10:02:37 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by itojun
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.62: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.62: +5 -1 lines
make sys/netkey/key{,_debug}.c compile. I believe it works but not tested.
I'll polish the code later on.
Revision 1.62: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 23 07:42:43 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by dyson
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.61: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.61: +6 -1 lines
Try to dynamically size the VM_KMEM_SIZE (but is still able to be overridden in a way identically as before.) I had problems with the system properly handling the number of vnodes when there is alot of system memory, and the default VM_KMEM_SIZE. Two new options "VM_KMEM_SIZE_SCALE" and "VM_KMEM_SIZE_MAX" have been added to support better auto-sizing for systems with greater than 128MB. Add some accouting for vm_zone memory allocations, and provide properly for vm_zone allocations out of the kmem_map. Also move the vm_zone allocation stats to the VM OID tree from the KERN OID tree.
Revision 1.18.2.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 18 20:15:30 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by dima
Branches: RELENG_2_2
CVS tags: PRE_DPT
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.8: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.8: +2 -1 lines
MFC: NO_LKM option
Revision 1.61: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 16 23:57:33 1998 UTC (13 years, 11 months ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.60: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.60: +2 -1 lines
Add HW_WDOG to LINT, and turn it into a new-style option.
Revision 1.60: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Feb 12 18:02:04 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.59: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.59: +2 -1 lines
Make NO_LKM a new-style option. Forgotten by: dima
Revision 1.59: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 6 12:41:39 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.58: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.58: +4 -3 lines
Throw DEBUG and DIAGNOSTIC in opt_global.h
Revision 1.58: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 4 22:32:02 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.57: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.57: +2 -1 lines
Turn DIAGNOSTIC into a new-style option.
Revision 1.57: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 4 04:41:34 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.56: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.56: +2 -1 lines
Change LINT_PCCARD_HACK to COMPILING_LINT, and put it in its own header file "opt_lint.h". This should prevent the next person needing the same trick from inventing their own option, too.
Revision 1.56: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 4 04:12:27 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.55: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.55: +2 -1 lines
Make SPX_HACK a new-style option.
Revision 1.55: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 4 03:59:50 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.54: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.54: +2 -1 lines
Put SCSI_2_DEF in opt_scsi.h. This cause a lot more recompliation than necessary when this option change, but I don't think it is worth its own header file.
Revision 1.54: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Feb 4 03:47:13 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.53: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.53: +2 -1 lines
Make FAILSAFE a new-style option.
Revision 1.53: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 31 07:23:03 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.52: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.52: +17 -1 lines
Make the debug options new-style. This also zaps a DPT option from lint; it wasn't referenced from anywhere.
Revision 1.52: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 31 05:00:11 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.51: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.51: +6 -1 lines
Make POWERFAIL_NMI, PPS_SYNC and NATM new style options. This also fixes a couple of defunct options; submitted by bde.
Revision 1.51: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 30 11:32:09 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.50: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.50: +1 -3 lines
Retire LFS. If you want to play with it, you can find the final version of the code in the repository the tag LFS_RETIREMENT. If somebody makes LFS work again, adding it back is certainly desireable, but as it is now nobody seems to care much about it, and it has suffered considerable bitrot since its somewhat haphazard integration. R.I.P
Revision 1.50: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 26 18:31:18 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: LFS_RETIREMENT
Diff to: previous 1.49: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.49: +12 -1 lines
Move DPT related options out of i386 specific files so DPT devices can be used on other PCI (alpha?) machines. Suggested by: several people
Revision 1.49: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 25 04:23:29 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.48: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.48: +2 -1 lines
Make TCP_COMPAT_42 a new style option.
Revision 1.48: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 25 04:13:23 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.47: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.47: +5 -4 lines
Turn NSWAPDEV into a new-style option.
Revision 1.47: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jan 25 03:34:17 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.46: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.46: +2 -1 lines
Make MD5 a new-style option. This one was eeeeeaaaaaasssssyyyyy ;-)
Revision 1.46: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Jan 24 02:54:04 1998 UTC (14 years ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.45: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.45: +25 -10 lines
Make all file-system (MFS, FFS, NFS, LFS, DEVFS) related option new-style. This introduce an xxxFS_BOOT for each of the rootable filesystems. (Presently not required, but encouraged to allow a smooth move of option *FS to opt_dontuse.h later.) LFS is temporarily disabled, and will be re-enabled tomorrow.
Revision 1.45: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 9 03:20:51 1998 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.44: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.44: +5 -1 lines
Make the BOOTP family new-style options (in opt_bootp.h)
Revision 1.44: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 9 00:51:51 1998 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.43: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.43: +2 -1 lines
NETATALK -> opt_atalk.h
Revision 1.43: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 8 23:40:23 1998 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.42: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.42: +2 -1 lines
Make INET a proper option. This will not make any of object files that LINT create change; there might be differences with INET disabled, but hardly anything compiled before without INET anyway. Now the 'obvious' things will give a proper error if compiled without inet - ipx_ip, ipfw, tcp_debug. The only thing that _should_ work (but can't be made to compile reasonably easily) is sppp :-( This commit move struct arpcom from <netinet/if_ether.h> to <net/if_arp.h>.
Revision 1.42: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Dec 16 23:59:37 1997 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.41: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.41: +3 -1 lines
EXT2FS and MSDOSFS to the opt_dontuse bin.
Revision 1.41: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Dec 16 17:39:55 1997 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.40: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.40: +3 -1 lines
Make COMPAT_43 and COMPAT_SUNOS new-style options.
Revision 1.40: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 15 21:51:44 1997 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.39: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.39: +2 -2 lines
Convert SUIDDIR fully to a new-style option. Forgotten by: julian
Revision 1.39: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 15 20:30:38 1997 UTC (14 years, 1 month ago) by eivind
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.38: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.38: +4 -1 lines
Throw options IPX, IPXIP and IPTUNNEL into opt_ipx.h. The #ifdef IPXIP in netipx/ipx_if.h is OK (used from ipx_usrreq.c and ifconfig.c only). I also fixed a typo IPXTUNNEL -> IPTUNNEL (and #ifdef'ed out the code inside, as it never could have compiled - doh.)
Revision 1.18.2.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Nov 22 13:00:42 1997 UTC (14 years, 2 months ago) by alex
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.7: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.7: +2 -1 lines
Bring in compile time override of default rule from -current. PR: 5068
Revision 1.38: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Nov 13 00:28:49 1997 UTC (14 years, 3 months ago) by julian
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.37: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.37: +2 -1 lines
Reviewed by: hackers@freebsd.org in general Obtained from: Whistle Communications tree Add an option to the way UFS works dependent on the SUID bit of directories This changes makes things a whole lot simpler on systems running as fileservers for PCs and MACS. to enable the new code you must 1/ enable option SUIDDIR on the kernel. 2/ mount the filesystem with option suiddir. hopefully this makes it difficult enough for people to do this accidentally. see the new chmod(2) man page for detailed info.
Revision 1.37: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Nov 5 20:17:06 1997 UTC (14 years, 3 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.36: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.36: +2 -1 lines
Make IPDIVERT a supported option. Alas, in_var.h depends on it, i hope i've found out all files that actually depend on this dependancy. IMHO, it's not very good practice to change the size of internal structs depending on kernel options.
Revision 1.36: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Oct 18 01:15:32 1997 UTC (14 years, 3 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.35: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.35: +2 -1 lines
Convert PPP_FILTER to an option
Revision 1.35: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Sep 22 21:23:57 1997 UTC (14 years, 4 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.34: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.34: +2 -1 lines
Make MFS a supported option, finally.
Revision 1.18.2.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 16 18:36:55 1997 UTC (14 years, 4 months ago) by joerg
Branches: RELENG_2_2
CVS tags: RELENG_2_2_5_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.6: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.6: +2 -1 lines
MFC: make TCPDEBUG a new-style option
Revision 1.34: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Sep 16 18:35:56 1997 UTC (14 years, 4 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.33: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.33: +2 -1 lines
Make TCPDEBUG a new-style option.
Revision 1.33: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Sep 10 03:07:12 1997 UTC (14 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.32: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.32: +2 -1 lines
Allow a compile-time override of the ipfw deny rule. For a 'firewall' you don't want this (and the documentation explains why), but if you use ipfw as an as-needed casual filter as needed which normally runs as 'allow all' then having the kernel and /sbin/ipfw get out of sync is a *MAJOR* pain in the behind. PR: 4141 Submitted by: Heikki Suonsivu <hsu@mail.clinet.fi>
Revision 1.32: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Aug 19 17:05:23 1997 UTC (14 years, 5 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.31: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.31: +3 -1 lines
Use two NetBSD-style options (PPP_DEFLATE and PPP_BSDCOMP) to control whether or not to compile the two ppp compression methods.
Revision 1.18.2.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Aug 17 14:12:59 1997 UTC (14 years, 5 months ago) by joerg
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.5: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.5: +13 -1 lines
Hmpf. Looking closer, i forgot half of the stuff required for the cd9660-root-f/s feature. Here's the remainder (this time actually verified with a `cvs diff -u /sys' from the machine that was already running it). As threatened in the original commit message, i'm now only merging this feature for the cd(4) driver, since i didn't get any confirmation that my blind commit for wcd(4), scd(4), mcd(4), and matcd(4) does actually work. Nobody bothered to look after the other suspected problems with these drivers, either. In case anybody's keen to consider the remaining drivers, here's a list of respective file revisions that have not been mereged yet: 1.89 +53 -1 src/sys/i386/isa/mcd.c 1.30 +43 -1 src/sys/i386/isa/scd.c 1.42 +35 -0 src/sys/i386/isa/wcd.c 1.26 +76 -2 src/sys/i386/isa/matcd/matcd.c
Revision 1.31: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 4 16:44:22 1997 UTC (14 years, 8 months ago) by pst
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: WOLLMAN_MBUF, BP_WOLLMAN_MBUF
Diff to: previous 1.30: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.30: +2 -1 lines
Document a non-standard gdbremote protocol extension (kludge, really) that I snuck in to our GDB last year. This allows you to debug headless machines by sharing the console port between the debugger and the system console. It's not 100% reliabile, but it works well. It's optional and disabled by default. Submitted by: Juniper Networks
Revision 1.30: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 4 15:24:13 1997 UTC (14 years, 9 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.29: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.29: +13 -1 lines
This mega-commit brings the following: . It makes cd9660 root f/s working again. . It makes CD9660 a new-style option. . It adds support to mount an ISO9660 multi-session CD-ROM as the root filesystem (the last session actually, but that's what is expected behaviour). Sigh. The CDIOREADTOCENTRYS did a copyout() of its own, and thus has been unusable for me for this work. Too bad it didn't simply stuff the max 100 entries into the struct ioc_read_toc_entry, but relied on a user supplied data buffer instead. :-( I now had to reinvent the wheel, and created a CDIOREADTOCENTRY ioctl command that can be used in a kernel context. While doing this, i noticed the following bogosities in existing CD-ROM drivers: wcd: This driver is likely to be totally bogus when someone tries two succeeding CDIOREADTOCENTRYS (or now CDIOREADTOCENTRY) commands with requesting MSF format, since it apparently operates on an internal table. scd: This driver apparently returns just a single TOC entry only for the CDIOREADTOCENTRYS command. I have only been able to test the CDIOREADTOCENTRY command with the cd(4) driver. I hereby request the respective maintainers of the other CD-ROM drivers to verify my code for their driver. When it comes to merging this CD-ROM multisession stuff into RELENG_2_2 i will only consider drivers where i've got a confirmation that it actually works.
Revision 1.18.2.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 28 15:41:25 1997 UTC (14 years, 11 months ago) by bde
Branches: RELENG_2_2
CVS tags: RELENG_2_2_2_RELEASE, RELENG_2_2_1_RELEASE, RELENG_2_2_0_RELEASE
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.4: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.4: +4 -1 lines
YAMFC (put INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE into opt_config.h rather than the CFLAGS line).
Revision 1.18.2.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Feb 28 09:10:26 1997 UTC (14 years, 11 months ago) by bde
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.3: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.3: +33 -36 lines
YAMFC (everything except INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE, CHILD_MAX, OPEN_MAX and ARP_PROXYALL. This merge is mainly to start nuking EXTRAVNODES. It also removes some non-optional MSG* and SEM* "options" and sorts the options).
Revision 1.29: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Feb 22 09:28:14 1997 UTC (14 years, 11 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: pre_smp_merge, post_smp_merge
Diff to: previous 1.28: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.28: +1 -1 lines
Back out part 1 of the MCFH that changed $Id$ to $FreeBSD$. We are not ready for it yet.
Revision 1.28: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Feb 10 19:19:16 1997 UTC (15 years ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.27: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.27: +1 -0 lines
Fix spelling of net.inet.ip.forwarding. Add ARP_PROXYALL to defunct options.
Revision 1.27: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 27 12:39:09 1997 UTC (15 years ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.26: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.26: +5 -4 lines
Removed bogus options CHILD_MAX and OPEN_MAX. Put obsolete GATEWAY option back in opt_defunct.h. It's the only significant option that has gone away since 2.1.6, so warning about it might be useful.
Revision 1.26: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Jan 27 11:18:40 1997 UTC (15 years ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.25: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.25: +0 -4 lines
Removed non-options MSGMAX, SEMAEM, SEMUSZ and SEMVMX.
Revision 1.25: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 16 13:16:04 1997 UTC (15 years ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.24: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.24: +1 -1 lines
Removed option EXTRAVNODES. All versions of FreeBSD-2.x have a sysctl variable `kern.maxvnodes' which gives much better control over vnode allocation than EXTRAVNODES (except in -current between 1995/10/28 and 1996/11/12, kern.maxvnodes was read-only and thus useless).
Revision 1.24: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Tue Jan 14 06:34:53 1997 UTC (15 years ago) by jkh
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.23: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.23: +1 -1 lines
Make the long-awaited change from $Id$ to $FreeBSD$ This will make a number of things easier in the future, as well as (finally!) avoiding the Id-smashing problem which has plagued developers for so long. Boy, I'm glad we're not using sup anymore. This update would have been insane otherwise.
Revision 1.23: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Dec 26 23:38:17 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.22: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.22: +4 -1 lines
Put INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE into opt_config.h rather than the CFLAGS line
Revision 1.18.2.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 23 18:58:25 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by bde
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.2: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.2: +3 -3 lines
YAMFC (fixed spelling of SCSI_NCR_MAX*).
Revision 1.22: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 23 18:42:02 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.21: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.21: +30 -30 lines
Sorted options.
Revision 1.21: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Dec 23 18:40:40 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.20: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.20: +3 -3 lines
Fixed spelling of SCSI_NCR_MAX*.
Revision 1.18.2.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 22 23:20:58 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by joerg
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18.2.1: preferred, colored; branchpoint 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18.2.1: +3 -1 lines
YAMFC: Make DFLDSIZ and MAXDSIZ fully-supported options. (This commit is in the RELENG_2_2 branch, in case this ain't obvious from the message. I just don't know yet for sure.)
Revision 1.20: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 22 23:16:50 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.19: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.19: +3 -1 lines
Make DFLDSIZ and MAXDSIZ fully-supported options. "Don't forget to do a ``make depend''" :-)
Revision 1.18.2.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Dec 21 02:23:23 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by se
Branches: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18: +8 -1 lines
Add options for NCR PCI SCSI driver.
Revision 1.19: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Dec 15 16:35:54 1996 UTC (15 years, 1 month ago) by se
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.18: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.18: +8 -1 lines
Add options for NCR driver.
Revision 1.18: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Mon Oct 28 11:32:55 1996 UTC (15 years, 3 months ago) by phk
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: RELENG_2_2_BP
Branch point for: RELENG_2_2
Diff to: previous 1.17: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.17: +3 -1 lines
DEVFS_ROOT -> opt_devfs.h
Revision 1.17: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jul 14 10:46:27 1996 UTC (15 years, 7 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.16: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.16: +2 -1 lines
Turn SCSIDEBUG into a new-style option.
Revision 1.16: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 23 14:43:55 1996 UTC (15 years, 7 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.15: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.15: +2 -1 lines
Finished converting ipfw to use opt_ipfw.h.
Revision 1.15: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun Jun 16 19:57:59 1996 UTC (15 years, 7 months ago) by joerg
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.14: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.14: +5 -1 lines
Miscellaneous cleanup and minor fixes by Shunsuke and by me. . use new-style options . introduce an option OD_AUTO_TURNOFF . try to use the native geometry as reported by the drive instead of a faked on -- MOs do have a ``classical'' geometry . make the scsi_start_unit() actually working . some cosmetic fixes Submitted by: akiyama@kme.mei.co.jp (Shunsuke Akiyama)
Revision 1.14: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jun 12 19:33:49 1996 UTC (15 years, 8 months ago) by gpalmer
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.13: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.13: +4 -2 lines
Convert ipfw to use opt_ipfw.h
Revision 1.13: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri May 31 00:20:28 1996 UTC (15 years, 8 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.12: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.12: +2 -1 lines
Add an option "EXTRA_VNODES" to cause an extra number of vnode structures to be allocated at boot time. This is an expensive option, as they consume physical ram and are not pageable etc. In certain situations, this kind of option is quite useful, especially for news servers that access a large number of directories at random and torture the name cache. Defining 5000 or 10000 extra vnodes should cut down the amount of vnode recycling somewhat, which should allow better name and directory caching etc. This is a "your mileage may vary" option, with no real indication of what works best for your machine except trial and error. Too many will cost you ram that you could otherwise use for disk buffers etc. This is based on something John Dyson mentioned to me a while ago.
Revision 1.12: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat May 11 04:39:37 1996 UTC (15 years, 9 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.11: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.11: +17 -8 lines
Hide options for emulators and static file systems in opt_dontuse.h. These options only apply at config time. Using them at compile time would break the corresponding lkms.
Revision 1.11: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sun May 5 02:26:57 1996 UTC (15 years, 9 months ago) by pst
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.10: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.10: +2 -1 lines
Add DDB_UNATTENDED to opt_ddb.h where it belongs.
Revision 1.10: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Mar 29 13:51:30 1996 UTC (15 years, 10 months ago) by bde
Branches: MAIN
CVS tags: wollman_polling
Diff to: previous 1.9: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.9: +11 -7 lines
Added newlines and punctuation. Removed defunct options. It will be easy to keep track of bogus options by looking at CFLAGS when all real options are moved out of CFLAGS.
Revision 1.9: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 2 20:35:51 1996 UTC (15 years, 11 months ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.8: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.8: +1 -0 lines
Add RCS Id.
Revision 1.8: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Sat Mar 2 18:23:56 1996 UTC (15 years, 11 months ago) by peter
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.7: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.7: +40 -3 lines
Add more options into the conf/options and i386/conf/options.i386 files and the #include hooks so that 'make depend' is more useful. This covers most of the options I regularly use (but not all) and some other easy ones.
Revision 1.7: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 5 20:12:04 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.6: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.6: +1 -0 lines
Convert BOUNCE_BUFFERS and BOUNCEPAGES to new option scheme.
Revision 1.6: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 5 18:31:31 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.5: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.5: +1 -0 lines
Convert QUOTA to new-style option.
Revision 1.5: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Fri Jan 5 17:45:56 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.4: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.4: +7 -1 lines
convert FDESC, KERNFS, NULLFS, PORTAL, UMAPFS, and UNION to the new style of options.
Revision 1.4: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 4 21:10:07 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.3: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.3: +1 -0 lines
Convert DDB to new-style option.
Revision 1.3: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Thu Jan 4 20:27:59 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.2: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.2: +3 -0 lines
Convert SYSV IPC to new-style options. (I hope I got everything...) The LKMs will need an extra file, to come later.
Revision 1.2: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 3 22:05:10 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Diff to: previous 1.1: preferred, colored
Changes since revision 1.1: +1 -0 lines
Convert PROCFS to the new style of options by the simple expedient of adding it to this file.
Revision 1.1: download - view: text, markup, annotated - select for diffs
Wed Jan 3 21:40:17 1996 UTC (16 years, 1 month ago) by wollman
Branches: MAIN
Converted two options over to the new scheme: USER_LDT and KTRACE.